xref: /sqlite-3.40.0/src/pager.c (revision 3f09beda)
1 /*
2 ** 2001 September 15
3 **
4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
6 **
7 **    May you do good and not evil.
8 **    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
9 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
10 **
11 *************************************************************************
12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
13 **
14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
16 ** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
19 ** another is writing.
20 */
21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
22 #include "sqliteInt.h"
23 #include "wal.h"
24 
25 
26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
27 **
28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
29 ** journal.  These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
31 **
32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
36 **
37 ** Definition:  A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page:
39 **
40 **     (a)  The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
41 **          the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
42 **          synced.
43 **
44 **     (b)  The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
45 **
46 **     (c)  The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
47 **          the database file at the start of the transaction.
48 **
49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
50 **     following are true:
51 **
52 **     (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
53 **
54 **     (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
55 **         transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
56 **         number consists of a single page change.
57 **
58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
59 **     both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
60 **     and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
61 **     transaction.
62 **
63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
64 **     in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
65 **
66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
67 **     an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
68 **     first 100 bytes of the database file.
69 **
70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
71 **     being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
72 **
73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
74 **     are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
75 **
76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
78 ** all queries.  Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence
80 ** of the database.
81 **
82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
83 **     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
84 **     journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically
85 **     equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
86 **
87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
88 **     is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
89 **     the beginning of the transaction.  (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
90 **     method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
91 **     invoke it.)
92 **
93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
94 **     of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
95 **     the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
96 **     database to flush their caches.
97 **
98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
99 **      than one billion transactions.
100 **
101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
102 **      of every transaction.
103 **
104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
105 **      the database file.
106 **
107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
108 **      content out of the database file.
109 **
110 ******************************************************************************/
111 
112 /*
113 ** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
114 */
115 #if 0
116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
118 #define PAGERTRACE(X)     if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
119 #else
120 #define PAGERTRACE(X)
121 #endif
122 
123 /*
124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
125 ** to print out file-descriptors.
126 **
127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
129 ** struct as its argument.
130 */
131 #define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd))
132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd)
133 
134 /*
135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
137 ** state diagram.
138 **
139 **                            OPEN <------+------+
140 **                              |         |      |
141 **                              V         |      |
142 **               +---------> READER-------+      |
143 **               |              |                |
144 **               |              V                |
145 **               |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
146 **               |              |                ^
147 **               |              V                |
148 **               |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
149 **               |              |                |
150 **               |              V                |
151 **               |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
152 **               |              |                |
153 **               |              V                |
154 **               +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
155 **
156 **
157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
158 **
159 **   OPEN              -> READER              [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
160 **   READER            -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
161 **
162 **   READER            -> WRITER_LOCKED       [sqlite3PagerBegin]
163 **   WRITER_LOCKED     -> WRITER_CACHEMOD     [pager_open_journal]
164 **   WRITER_CACHEMOD   -> WRITER_DBMOD        [syncJournal]
165 **   WRITER_DBMOD      -> WRITER_FINISHED     [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
166 **   WRITER_***        -> READER              [pager_end_transaction]
167 **
168 **   WRITER_***        -> ERROR               [pager_error]
169 **   ERROR             -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
170 **
171 **
172 **  OPEN:
173 **
174 **    The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
175 **    state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
176 **    unknown. The database may not be read or written.
177 **
178 **    * No read or write transaction is active.
179 **    * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
180 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
181 **
182 **  READER:
183 **
184 **    In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
185 **    rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
186 **    was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
187 **    open. The database size is known in this state.
188 **
189 **    A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
190 **    it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
191 **    OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
192 **    running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
193 **    this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
194 **    a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
195 **    is via the ERROR state (see below).
196 **
197 **    * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
198 **    * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
199 **    * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
200 **      transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
201 **      may not be trusted at this point.
202 **    * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
203 **    * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
204 **      there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
205 **
206 **  WRITER_LOCKED:
207 **
208 **    The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
209 **    is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
210 **    required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
211 **    modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
212 **
213 **    In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
214 **    BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
215 **    moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
216 **    to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
217 **    in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
218 **    file.
219 **
220 **    IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
221 **    If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
222 **    is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
223 **
224 **    * A write transaction is active.
225 **    * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
226 **      lock is held on the database file.
227 **    * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
228 **      is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
229 **      called).
230 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
231 **    * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
232 **    * The journal file may or may not be open.
233 **    * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
234 **
235 **  WRITER_CACHEMOD:
236 **
237 **    A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
238 **    first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
239 **    is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
240 **    start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
241 **
242 **    * A write transaction is active.
243 **    * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
244 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
245 **      to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
246 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
247 **
248 **  WRITER_DBMOD:
249 **
250 **    The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
251 **    when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
252 **    never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
253 **    just the log file).
254 **
255 **    * A write transaction is active.
256 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
257 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
258 **      and synced to disk.
259 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
260 **      written to disk).
261 **
262 **  WRITER_FINISHED:
263 **
264 **    It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
265 **
266 **    A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
267 **    state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
268 **    database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
269 **    by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
270 **    not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
271 **    layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
272 **
273 **    * A write transaction is active.
274 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
275 **    * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
276 **      If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
277 **      commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
278 **      to rollback the transaction.
279 **
280 **  ERROR:
281 **
282 **    The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
283 **    SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
284 **    difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
285 **    db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
286 **
287 **    Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
288 **    cannot.
289 **
290 **    For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
291 **    the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
292 **    At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
293 **    (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
294 **    report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
295 **    they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
296 **    file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
297 **    instead of READER following such an error.
298 **
299 **    Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
300 **    to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
301 **    outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
302 **    transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
303 **    page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
304 **    is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
305 **    when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
306 **    the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
307 **    from the error.
308 **
309 **    Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
310 **
311 **      1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
312 **         function sqlite3PagerRollback().
313 **
314 **      2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
315 **         following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
316 **
317 **      3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
318 **         database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
319 **         memory.
320 **
321 **    In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
322 **    layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
323 **    persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
324 **
325 **    Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
326 **    statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
327 **    code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
328 **    automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
329 **    read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
330 **    state.
331 **
332 **    * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
333 **    * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
334 **      last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
335 **    * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
336 **
337 **
338 ** Notes:
339 **
340 **   * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
341 **     connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
342 **     of the first four states.
343 **
344 **   * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
345 **     state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
346 **     been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
347 **     executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
348 **
349 **   * See also: assert_pager_state().
350 */
351 #define PAGER_OPEN                  0
352 #define PAGER_READER                1
353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED         2
354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD       3
355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD          4
356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED       5
357 #define PAGER_ERROR                 6
358 
359 /*
360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
365 **
366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
374 **
375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
378 **
379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED
382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
385 ** of hot-journal detection.
386 **
387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
393 ** without rolling it back.
394 **
395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
403 **
404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
405 ** PAGER_OPEN state.
406 */
407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK                (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
408 
409 /*
410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
411 */
412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \
414     if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; }
415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \
416     if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \
417     if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; }
418 #else
419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E)   /* NO-OP */
420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D
421 #endif
422 
423 /*
424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
428 */
429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
430 
431 /*
432 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
433 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
434 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
435 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
436 **
437 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
438 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
439 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
440 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
441 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
442 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
443 */
444 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
445 struct PagerSavepoint {
446   i64 iOffset;                 /* Starting offset in main journal */
447   i64 iHdrOffset;              /* See above */
448   Bitvec *pInSavepoint;        /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
449   Pgno nOrig;                  /* Original number of pages in file */
450   Pgno iSubRec;                /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
451 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
452   u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA];        /* WAL savepoint context */
453 #endif
454 };
455 
456 /*
457 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag.  See further description below.
458 */
459 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF         0x01 /* Never spill cache.  Set via pragma */
460 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK    0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */
461 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC      0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */
462 
463 /*
464 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
465 ** some of the more important member variables follows:
466 **
467 ** eState
468 **
469 **   The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
470 **   diagram above for a description of the pager state.
471 **
472 ** eLock
473 **
474 **   For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
475 **   NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
476 **
477 **   For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
478 **   locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
479 **   databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
480 **   logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
481 **   need (and no reason to release them).
482 **
483 **   In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
484 **   UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
485 **   details.
486 **
487 ** changeCountDone
488 **
489 **   This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
490 **   (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
491 **   not updated more often than necessary.
492 **
493 **   It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
494 **   can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
495 **   It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
496 **   relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
497 **   The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
498 **   updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
499 **
500 **   This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
501 **   need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
502 **   committed.
503 **
504 ** setMaster
505 **
506 **   When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
507 **   (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the
508 **   journal file before it is synced to disk.
509 **
510 **   Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects
511 **   the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
512 **   committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
513 **   If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is
514 **   finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
515 **   it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
516 **   by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
517 **   running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
518 **
519 **   Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized
520 **   simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
521 **   master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
522 **   subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
523 **
524 **   The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
525 **   by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
526 **   journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag
527 **   is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
528 **
529 ** doNotSpill
530 **
531 **   This variables control the behavior of cache-spills  (calls made by
532 **   the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data
533 **   to the file-system in order to free up memory).
534 **
535 **   When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set,
536 **   writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether.
537 **   The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that
538 **   comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
539 **   to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
540 **   while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback().  The SPILLFLAG_OFF
541 **   case is a user preference.
542 **
543 **   If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from
544 **   pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not.
545 **   This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size
546 **   is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync
547 **   from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
548 **
549 ** subjInMemory
550 **
551 **   This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
552 **   is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
553 **   sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
554 **
555 **   This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
556 **   write-transaction is opened.
557 **
558 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
559 **
560 **   Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
561 **   It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
562 **   OPEN and ERROR).
563 **
564 **   dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
565 **   larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
566 **   28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
567 **   is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
568 **   dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
569 **   Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
570 **   to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
571 **   to dbSize==1).
572 **
573 **   During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
574 **   dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
575 **   Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
576 **   dbSize is updated.
577 **
578 **   Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
579 **   PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
580 **   variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
581 **   and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
582 **   being modified.
583 **
584 **   Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
585 **   the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
586 **   write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
587 **   to write or truncate the database file on disk.
588 **
589 **   The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
590 **   unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
591 **   when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
592 **   that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
593 **   pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
594 **   to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
595 **   dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
596 **   pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
597 **   a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
598 **   pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
599 **
600 ** dbHintSize
601 **
602 **   The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
603 **   the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
604 **
605 **   dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
606 **   write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
607 **   dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
608 **   dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
609 **   size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
610 **   details.
611 **
612 ** errCode
613 **
614 **   The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
615 **   is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
616 **   is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
617 **   sub-codes.
618 */
619 struct Pager {
620   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
621   u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
622   u8 journalMode;             /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
623   u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
624   u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
625   u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
626   u8 ckptSyncFlags;           /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */
627   u8 walSyncFlags;            /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for wal writes */
628   u8 syncFlags;               /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
629   u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */
630   u8 noLock;                  /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */
631   u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
632   u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
633 
634   /**************************************************************************
635   ** The following block contains those class members that change during
636   ** routine operation.  Class members not in this block are either fixed
637   ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
638   ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
639   ** or the journal_mode).  From another view, these class members describe
640   ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
641   ** "configuration" of the pager.
642   */
643   u8 eState;                  /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
644   u8 eLock;                   /* Current lock held on database file */
645   u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
646   u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
647   u8 doNotSpill;              /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
648   u8 subjInMemory;            /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
649   u8 bUseFetch;               /* True to use xFetch() */
650   u8 hasBeenUsed;             /* True if any content previously read */
651   Pgno dbSize;                /* Number of pages in the database */
652   Pgno dbOrigSize;            /* dbSize before the current transaction */
653   Pgno dbFileSize;            /* Number of pages in the database file */
654   Pgno dbHintSize;            /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
655   int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
656   int nRec;                   /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
657   u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
658   u32 nSubRec;                /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
659   Bitvec *pInJournal;         /* One bit for each page in the database file */
660   sqlite3_file *fd;           /* File descriptor for database */
661   sqlite3_file *jfd;          /* File descriptor for main journal */
662   sqlite3_file *sjfd;         /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
663   i64 journalOff;             /* Current write offset in the journal file */
664   i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
665   sqlite3_backup *pBackup;    /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
666   PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
667   int nSavepoint;             /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
668   u32 iDataVersion;           /* Changes whenever database content changes */
669   char dbFileVers[16];        /* Changes whenever database file changes */
670 
671   int nMmapOut;               /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */
672   sqlite3_int64 szMmap;       /* Desired maximum mmap size */
673   PgHdr *pMmapFreelist;       /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */
674   /*
675   ** End of the routinely-changing class members
676   ***************************************************************************/
677 
678   u16 nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
679   i16 nReserve;               /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
680   u32 vfsFlags;               /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
681   u32 sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
682   int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
683   Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
684   i64 journalSizeLimit;       /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
685   char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
686   char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
687   int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
688   void *pBusyHandlerArg;      /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
689   int aStat[3];               /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */
690 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
691   int nRead;                  /* Database pages read */
692 #endif
693   void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
694 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
695   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
696   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */
697   void (*xCodecFree)(void*);             /* Destructor for the codec */
698   void *pCodec;               /* First argument to xCodec... methods */
699 #endif
700   char *pTmpSpace;            /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
701   PCache *pPCache;            /* Pointer to page cache object */
702 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
703   Wal *pWal;                  /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
704   char *zWal;                 /* File name for write-ahead log */
705 #endif
706 };
707 
708 /*
709 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
710 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS
711 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
712 */
713 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT   0
714 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS  1
715 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2
716 
717 /*
718 ** The following global variables hold counters used for
719 ** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
720 ** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
721 */
722 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
723 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0;    /* Number of full pages read from DB */
724 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0;   /* Number of full pages written to DB */
725 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0;    /* Number of pages written to journal */
726 # define PAGER_INCR(v)  v++
727 #else
728 # define PAGER_INCR(v)
729 #endif
730 
731 
732 
733 /*
734 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
735 ** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
736 **
737 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
738 ** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is being
739 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
740 ** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
741 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
742 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
743 ** journal and ignore it.
744 **
745 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
746 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
747 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
748 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
749 ** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
750 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
751 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
752 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
753 ** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
754 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
755 */
756 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
757   0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
758 };
759 
760 /*
761 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
762 ** the following macro.
763 */
764 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
765 
766 /*
767 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
768 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
769 */
770 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
771 
772 /*
773 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
774 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
775 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
776 ** out code that would never execute.
777 */
778 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
779 # define MEMDB 0
780 #else
781 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb
782 #endif
783 
784 /*
785 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch
786 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O.
787 */
788 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
789 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch)
790 #else
791 # define USEFETCH(x) 0
792 #endif
793 
794 /*
795 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
796 */
797 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
798 
799 /*
800 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
801 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
802 **
803 ** This is so that expressions can be written as:
804 **
805 **   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
806 **
807 ** instead of
808 **
809 **   if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
810 */
811 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0)
812 
813 /*
814 ** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log instead of the usual
815 ** rollback journal. Otherwise false.
816 */
817 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
818 static int pagerUseWal(Pager *pPager){
819   return (pPager->pWal!=0);
820 }
821 #else
822 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0
823 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
824 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
825 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
826 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
827 #endif
828 
829 #ifndef NDEBUG
830 /*
831 ** Usage:
832 **
833 **   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
834 **
835 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
836 ** the internal state of the Pager object.
837 */
838 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
839   Pager *pPager = p;
840 
841   /* State must be valid. */
842   assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
843        || p->eState==PAGER_READER
844        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
845        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
846        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
847        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
848        || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
849   );
850 
851   /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
852   ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
853   ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
854   */
855   assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
856   assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
857 
858   /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
859   ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
860   */
861   assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
862   assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
863 
864   /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
865   ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
866   ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
867   ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
868   ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
869   ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
870   ** state.
871   */
872   if( MEMDB ){
873     assert( p->noSync );
874     assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
875          || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
876     );
877     assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
878     assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
879   }
880 
881   /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
882   ** on the file.
883   */
884   assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
885   assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
886 
887   switch( p->eState ){
888     case PAGER_OPEN:
889       assert( !MEMDB );
890       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
891       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
892       break;
893 
894     case PAGER_READER:
895       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
896       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
897       assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
898       break;
899 
900     case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
901       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
902       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
903       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
904         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
905       }
906       assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
907       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
908       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
909       assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
910       break;
911 
912     case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
913       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
914       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
915       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
916         /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
917         ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
918         ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
919         ** to journal_mode=wal.
920         */
921         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
922         assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
923              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
924              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
925         );
926       }
927       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
928       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
929       break;
930 
931     case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
932       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
933       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
934       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
935       assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
936       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
937            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
938            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
939       );
940       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
941       break;
942 
943     case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
944       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
945       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
946       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
947       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
948            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
949            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
950       );
951       break;
952 
953     case PAGER_ERROR:
954       /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
955       ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
956       ** back to OPEN state.
957       */
958       assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
959       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 );
960       break;
961   }
962 
963   return 1;
964 }
965 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
966 
967 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
968 /*
969 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
970 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
971 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
972 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
973 **
974 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
975 */
976 static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
977   static char zRet[1024];
978 
979   sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
980       "Filename:      %s\n"
981       "State:         %s errCode=%d\n"
982       "Lock:          %s\n"
983       "Locking mode:  locking_mode=%s\n"
984       "Journal mode:  journal_mode=%s\n"
985       "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
986       "Journal:       journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
987       "Size:          dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
988       , p->zFilename
989       , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN            ? "OPEN" :
990         p->eState==PAGER_READER          ? "READER" :
991         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED   ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
992         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
993         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD    ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
994         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
995         p->eState==PAGER_ERROR           ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
996       , (int)p->errCode
997       , p->eLock==NO_LOCK         ? "NO_LOCK" :
998         p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK   ? "RESERVED" :
999         p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
1000         p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK     ? "SHARED" :
1001         p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK    ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
1002       , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
1003       , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   ? "memory" :
1004         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      ? "off" :
1005         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   ? "delete" :
1006         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  ? "persist" :
1007         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
1008         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      ? "wal" : "?error?"
1009       , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
1010       , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
1011       , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
1012   );
1013 
1014   return zRet;
1015 }
1016 #endif
1017 
1018 /*
1019 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
1020 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
1021 ** or more open savepoints for which:
1022 **
1023 **   * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
1024 **   * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
1025 **     PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
1026 */
1027 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1028   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1029   PagerSavepoint *p;
1030   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
1031   int i;
1032   for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
1033     p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
1034     if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
1035       return 1;
1036     }
1037   }
1038   return 0;
1039 }
1040 
1041 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
1042 /*
1043 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
1044 */
1045 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){
1046   return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
1047 }
1048 #endif
1049 
1050 /*
1051 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
1052 ** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
1053 ** error code is something goes wrong.
1054 **
1055 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
1056 */
1057 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
1058   unsigned char ac[4];
1059   int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
1060   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
1061     *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
1062   }
1063   return rc;
1064 }
1065 
1066 /*
1067 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
1068 */
1069 #define put32bits(A,B)  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
1070 
1071 
1072 /*
1073 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
1074 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
1075 */
1076 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
1077   char ac[4];
1078   put32bits(ac, val);
1079   return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
1080 }
1081 
1082 /*
1083 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
1084 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
1085 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
1086 **
1087 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1088 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
1089 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
1090 */
1091 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1092   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1093 
1094   assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
1095   assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
1096   assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
1097   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
1098     assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
1099     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1100     if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1101       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1102     }
1103     IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1104   }
1105   return rc;
1106 }
1107 
1108 /*
1109 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
1110 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
1111 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
1112 **
1113 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1114 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1115 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
1116 ** of this.
1117 */
1118 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1119   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1120 
1121   assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
1122   if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1123     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1124     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
1125       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1126       IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1127     }
1128   }
1129   return rc;
1130 }
1131 
1132 /*
1133 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization
1134 ** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if:
1135 **
1136 **  (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
1137 **      a database page may be written atomically, and
1138 **  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
1139 **      to the page size.
1140 **
1141 ** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is
1142 ** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory
1143 ** database.
1144 **
1145 ** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used,
1146 ** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it
1147 ** contains rollback data for exactly one page.
1148 */
1149 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
1150 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
1151   assert( !MEMDB );
1152   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
1153     int dc;                           /* Device characteristics */
1154     int nSector;                      /* Sector size */
1155     int szPage;                       /* Page size */
1156 
1157     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
1158     dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
1159     nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
1160     szPage = pPager->pageSize;
1161 
1162     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
1163     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
1164     if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
1165       return 0;
1166     }
1167   }
1168 
1169   return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
1170 }
1171 #endif
1172 
1173 /*
1174 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
1175 ** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
1176 ** and debugging only.
1177 */
1178 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1179 /*
1180 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
1181 */
1182 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
1183   u32 hash = 0;
1184   int i;
1185   for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
1186     hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
1187   }
1188   return hash;
1189 }
1190 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1191   return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
1192 }
1193 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1194   pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
1195 }
1196 
1197 /*
1198 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1199 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
1200 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
1201 */
1202 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
1203 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1204   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1205   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1206   assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
1207 }
1208 
1209 #else
1210 #define pager_datahash(X,Y)  0
1211 #define pager_pagehash(X)  0
1212 #define pager_set_pagehash(X)
1213 #define CHECK_PAGE(x)
1214 #endif  /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
1215 
1216 /*
1217 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
1218 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the
1219 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
1220 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
1221 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
1222 **
1223 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
1224 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
1225 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
1226 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
1227 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
1228 ** were present in the journal.
1229 **
1230 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal
1231 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A
1232 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
1233 ** journal file name.
1234 **
1235 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present
1236 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
1237 **
1238 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
1239 ** error code is returned.
1240 */
1241 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){
1242   int rc;                    /* Return code */
1243   u32 len;                   /* Length in bytes of master journal name */
1244   i64 szJ;                   /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
1245   u32 cksum;                 /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
1246   u32 u;                     /* Unsigned loop counter */
1247   unsigned char aMagic[8];   /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1248   zMaster[0] = '\0';
1249 
1250   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
1251    || szJ<16
1252    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
1253    || len>=nMaster
1254    || len==0
1255    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
1256    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
1257    || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
1258    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len))
1259   ){
1260     return rc;
1261   }
1262 
1263   /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
1264   for(u=0; u<len; u++){
1265     cksum -= zMaster[u];
1266   }
1267   if( cksum ){
1268     /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
1269     ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
1270     ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
1271     ** master-journal filename.
1272     */
1273     len = 0;
1274   }
1275   zMaster[len] = '\0';
1276 
1277   return SQLITE_OK;
1278 }
1279 
1280 /*
1281 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
1282 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
1283 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
1284 **
1285 ** i.e for a sector size of 512:
1286 **
1287 **   Pager.journalOff          Return value
1288 **   ---------------------------------------
1289 **   0                         0
1290 **   512                       512
1291 **   100                       512
1292 **   2000                      2048
1293 **
1294 */
1295 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
1296   i64 offset = 0;
1297   i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
1298   if( c ){
1299     offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1300   }
1301   assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
1302   assert( offset>=c );
1303   assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
1304   return offset;
1305 }
1306 
1307 /*
1308 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
1309 **
1310 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
1311 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
1312 **
1313 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
1314 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
1315 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
1316 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
1317 ** after writing or truncating it.
1318 **
1319 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
1320 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
1321 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
1322 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
1323 ** not need to be synced following this operation.
1324 **
1325 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
1326 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
1327 */
1328 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
1329   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                               /* Return code */
1330   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1331   if( pPager->journalOff ){
1332     const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit;    /* Local cache of jsl */
1333 
1334     IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
1335     if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
1336       rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1337     }else{
1338       static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
1339       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
1340     }
1341     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
1342       rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
1343     }
1344 
1345     /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
1346     ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
1347     ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
1348     ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
1349     ** to sync the file following this operation.
1350     */
1351     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
1352       i64 sz;
1353       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
1354       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
1355         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
1356       }
1357     }
1358   }
1359   return rc;
1360 }
1361 
1362 /*
1363 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
1364 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
1365 ** current location.
1366 **
1367 ** The format for the journal header is as follows:
1368 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
1369 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
1370 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
1371 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
1372 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
1373 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
1374 **
1375 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
1376 */
1377 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
1378   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                 /* Return code */
1379   char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace;  /* Temporary space used to build header */
1380   u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
1381   u32 nWrite;                         /* Bytes of header sector written */
1382   int ii;                             /* Loop counter */
1383 
1384   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1385 
1386   if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
1387     nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1388   }
1389 
1390   /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
1391   ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
1392   ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
1393   */
1394   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1395     if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
1396       pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
1397     }
1398   }
1399 
1400   pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1401 
1402   /*
1403   ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
1404   ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
1405   ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
1406   ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
1407   ** of records (see syncJournal()).
1408   **
1409   ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
1410   ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
1411   ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
1412   ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
1413   ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
1414   ** where this risk can be ignored:
1415   **
1416   **   * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
1417   **     power failure in this case anyway.
1418   **
1419   **   * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
1420   **     that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
1421   */
1422   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
1423   if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
1424    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
1425   ){
1426     memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
1427     put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
1428   }else{
1429     memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
1430   }
1431 
1432   /* The random check-hash initializer */
1433   sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
1434   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
1435   /* The initial database size */
1436   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
1437   /* The assumed sector size for this process */
1438   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
1439 
1440   /* The page size */
1441   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
1442 
1443   /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary.  Everything
1444   ** works find if the following memset() is omitted.  But initializing
1445   ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
1446   ** take the performance hit.
1447   */
1448   memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
1449          nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
1450 
1451   /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
1452   ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
1453   ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
1454   ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
1455   ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
1456   **
1457   ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
1458   ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
1459   ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
1460   ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
1461   ** is done.
1462   **
1463   ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
1464   ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
1465   ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
1466   ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
1467   */
1468   for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
1469     IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
1470     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
1471     assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1472     pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
1473   }
1474 
1475   return rc;
1476 }
1477 
1478 /*
1479 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
1480 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
1481 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
1482 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
1483 ** a description of the journal header format.
1484 **
1485 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
1486 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
1487 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
1488 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
1489 ** in this case.
1490 **
1491 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
1492 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
1493 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
1494 */
1495 static int readJournalHdr(
1496   Pager *pPager,               /* Pager object */
1497   int isHot,
1498   i64 journalSize,             /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
1499   u32 *pNRec,                  /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
1500   u32 *pDbSize                 /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
1501 ){
1502   int rc;                      /* Return code */
1503   unsigned char aMagic[8];     /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1504   i64 iHdrOff;                 /* Offset of journal header being read */
1505 
1506   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1507 
1508   /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
1509   ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
1510   ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
1511   */
1512   pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1513   if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
1514     return SQLITE_DONE;
1515   }
1516   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1517 
1518   /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
1519   ** the  magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
1520   ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
1521   ** proceed.
1522   */
1523   if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
1524     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
1525     if( rc ){
1526       return rc;
1527     }
1528     if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
1529       return SQLITE_DONE;
1530     }
1531   }
1532 
1533   /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
1534   ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
1535   ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
1536   */
1537   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
1538    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
1539    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
1540   ){
1541     return rc;
1542   }
1543 
1544   if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1545     u32 iPageSize;               /* Page-size field of journal header */
1546     u32 iSectorSize;             /* Sector-size field of journal header */
1547 
1548     /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
1549     if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
1550      || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
1551     ){
1552       return rc;
1553     }
1554 
1555     /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
1556     ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
1557     ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
1558     */
1559     if( iPageSize==0 ){
1560       iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
1561     }
1562 
1563     /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
1564     ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
1565     ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
1566     ** respective compile time maximum limits.
1567     */
1568     if( iPageSize<512                  || iSectorSize<32
1569      || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
1570      || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0   || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
1571     ){
1572       /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
1573       ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
1574       ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
1575       ** the journal file here.
1576       */
1577       return SQLITE_DONE;
1578     }
1579 
1580     /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
1581     ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
1582     ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
1583     */
1584     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
1585     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
1586 
1587     /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
1588     ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
1589     ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
1590     ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
1591     ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
1592     */
1593     pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
1594   }
1595 
1596   pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1597   return rc;
1598 }
1599 
1600 
1601 /*
1602 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
1603 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
1604 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
1605 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
1606 ** anything is written. The format is:
1607 **
1608 **   + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
1609 **   + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8.
1610 **   + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
1611 **   + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
1612 **   + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
1613 **
1614 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
1615 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
1616 **
1617 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
1618 ** this call is a no-op.
1619 */
1620 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
1621   int rc;                          /* Return code */
1622   int nMaster;                     /* Length of string zMaster */
1623   i64 iHdrOff;                     /* Offset of header in journal file */
1624   i64 jrnlSize;                    /* Size of journal file on disk */
1625   u32 cksum = 0;                   /* Checksum of string zMaster */
1626 
1627   assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
1628   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1629 
1630   if( !zMaster
1631    || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1632    || !isOpen(pPager->jfd)
1633   ){
1634     return SQLITE_OK;
1635   }
1636   pPager->setMaster = 1;
1637   assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1638 
1639   /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
1640   for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){
1641     cksum += zMaster[nMaster];
1642   }
1643 
1644   /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
1645   ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
1646   ** the journal has already been synced.
1647   */
1648   if( pPager->fullSync ){
1649     pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1650   }
1651   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1652 
1653   /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If
1654   ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
1655   */
1656   if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
1657    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4)))
1658    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster)))
1659    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum)))
1660    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8,
1661                                  iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8)))
1662   ){
1663     return rc;
1664   }
1665   pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);
1666 
1667   /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
1668   ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
1669   ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
1670   ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
1671   ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine
1672   ** whether or not the journal is hot.
1673   **
1674   ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
1675   ** file to the required size.
1676   */
1677   if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
1678    && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
1679   ){
1680     rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
1681   }
1682   return rc;
1683 }
1684 
1685 /*
1686 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
1687 */
1688 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
1689   pPager->iDataVersion++;
1690   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
1691   sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
1692 }
1693 
1694 /*
1695 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value
1696 */
1697 u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){
1698   assert( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN );
1699   return pPager->iDataVersion;
1700 }
1701 
1702 /*
1703 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
1704 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
1705 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
1706 */
1707 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
1708   int ii;               /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
1709   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1710     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
1711   }
1712   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
1713     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
1714   }
1715   sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
1716   pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
1717   pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
1718   pPager->nSubRec = 0;
1719 }
1720 
1721 /*
1722 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
1723 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
1724 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
1725 */
1726 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
1727   int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
1728   int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
1729 
1730   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1731     PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
1732     if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
1733       rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
1734       testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1735       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1736     }
1737   }
1738   return rc;
1739 }
1740 
1741 /*
1742 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
1743 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
1744 ** state.
1745 **
1746 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
1747 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
1748 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
1749 ** closed (if it is open).
1750 **
1751 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
1752 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
1753 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
1754 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
1755 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
1756 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
1757 */
1758 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
1759 
1760   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER
1761        || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN
1762        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
1763   );
1764 
1765   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
1766   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
1767   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1768 
1769   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
1770     assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1771     sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
1772     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1773   }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
1774     int rc;                       /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
1775     int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
1776 
1777     /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
1778     ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock.  Otherwise
1779     ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
1780     ** out from under us.
1781     */
1782     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   & 5)!=1 );
1783     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      & 5)!=1 );
1784     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      & 5)!=1 );
1785     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   & 5)!=1 );
1786     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
1787     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  & 5)==1 );
1788     if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
1789      || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
1790     ){
1791       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1792     }
1793 
1794     /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
1795     ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
1796     ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
1797     ** is necessary.
1798     */
1799     rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
1800     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
1801       pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
1802     }
1803 
1804     /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
1805     ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
1806     ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
1807     */
1808     assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1809     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1810     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1811   }
1812 
1813   /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
1814   ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
1815   ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
1816   ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
1817   */
1818   if( pPager->errCode ){
1819     assert( !MEMDB );
1820     pager_reset(pPager);
1821     pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
1822     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1823     pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
1824     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
1825   }
1826 
1827   pPager->journalOff = 0;
1828   pPager->journalHdr = 0;
1829   pPager->setMaster = 0;
1830 }
1831 
1832 /*
1833 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
1834 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
1835 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
1836 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
1837 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
1838 **
1839 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
1840 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
1841 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
1842 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
1843 **
1844 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
1845 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
1846 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
1847 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
1848 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
1849 ** it were a hot-journal).
1850 */
1851 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
1852   int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
1853   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1854   assert(
1855        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
1856        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
1857        (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
1858   );
1859   if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
1860     pPager->errCode = rc;
1861     pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
1862   }
1863   return rc;
1864 }
1865 
1866 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage);
1867 
1868 /*
1869 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
1870 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
1871 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
1872 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
1873 ** database transaction.
1874 **
1875 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
1876 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
1877 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
1878 **
1879 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
1880 **
1881 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
1882 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
1883 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
1884 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
1885 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
1886 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
1887 **
1888 **   journalMode==MEMORY
1889 **     Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
1890 **     in-memory journal.
1891 **
1892 **   journalMode==TRUNCATE
1893 **     Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
1894 **
1895 **   journalMode==PERSIST
1896 **     The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
1897 **     the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
1898 **     file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
1899 **
1900 **   journalMode==DELETE
1901 **     The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
1902 **
1903 **     If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
1904 **     the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
1905 **     DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
1906 **     journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
1907 **
1908 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
1909 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
1910 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
1911 **
1912 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
1913 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
1914 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
1915 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
1916 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
1917 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
1918 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
1919 ** returned.
1920 */
1921 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){
1922   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
1923   int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
1924 
1925   /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
1926   ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
1927   ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
1928   ** held under two circumstances:
1929   **
1930   **   1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
1931   **      eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1932   **
1933   **   2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
1934   **      lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
1935   **      read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
1936   **      and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
1937   */
1938   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
1939   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1940   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
1941     return SQLITE_OK;
1942   }
1943 
1944   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1945   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 );
1946   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
1947     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1948 
1949     /* Finalize the journal file. */
1950     if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->jfd) ){
1951       assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
1952       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1953     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
1954       if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1955         rc = SQLITE_OK;
1956       }else{
1957         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1958         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){
1959           /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away.
1960           ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and
1961           ** cause the last transaction to roll back.  See
1962           ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773
1963           */
1964           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
1965         }
1966       }
1967       pPager->journalOff = 0;
1968     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
1969       || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
1970     ){
1971       rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster);
1972       pPager->journalOff = 0;
1973     }else{
1974       /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
1975       ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
1976       ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
1977       ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
1978       */
1979       int bDelete = (!pPager->tempFile && sqlite3JournalExists(pPager->jfd));
1980       assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
1981            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1982            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
1983       );
1984       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1985       if( bDelete ){
1986         rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
1987       }
1988     }
1989   }
1990 
1991 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1992   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
1993   if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
1994     PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1);
1995     if( p ){
1996       p->pageHash = 0;
1997       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p);
1998     }
1999   }
2000 #endif
2001 
2002   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
2003   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
2004   pPager->nRec = 0;
2005   sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
2006   sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
2007 
2008   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2009     /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
2010     ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
2011     ** lock held on the database file.
2012     */
2013     rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
2014     assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
2015   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){
2016     /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
2017     ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
2018     ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction
2019     ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
2020     ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
2021     ** required size.  */
2022     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2023     rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize);
2024   }
2025 
2026   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
2027     rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0);
2028     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
2029   }
2030 
2031   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode
2032    && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
2033   ){
2034     rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
2035     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
2036   }
2037   pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
2038   pPager->setMaster = 0;
2039 
2040   return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
2041 }
2042 
2043 /*
2044 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
2045 ** database file.
2046 **
2047 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
2048 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
2049 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
2050 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
2051 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
2052 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
2053 ** will roll it back.
2054 **
2055 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
2056 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
2057 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
2058 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
2059 */
2060 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
2061   if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
2062     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2063     if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
2064       sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
2065       sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
2066       sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
2067     }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
2068       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
2069       pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
2070     }
2071   }
2072   pager_unlock(pPager);
2073 }
2074 
2075 /*
2076 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
2077 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
2078 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
2079 **
2080 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
2081 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
2082 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
2083 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
2084 **
2085 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
2086 ** incompatible journal file format.
2087 **
2088 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
2089 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
2090 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
2091 ** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
2092 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
2093 */
2094 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
2095   u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;         /* Checksum value to return */
2096   int i = pPager->pageSize-200;          /* Loop counter */
2097   while( i>0 ){
2098     cksum += aData[i];
2099     i -= 200;
2100   }
2101   return cksum;
2102 }
2103 
2104 /*
2105 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back
2106 ** to the codec.
2107 */
2108 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2109 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){
2110   if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){
2111     pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize,
2112                            (int)pPager->nReserve);
2113   }
2114 }
2115 #else
2116 # define pagerReportSize(X)     /* No-op if we do not support a codec */
2117 #endif
2118 
2119 /*
2120 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
2121 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
2122 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
2123 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
2124 **
2125 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
2126 ** not.
2127 **
2128 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
2129 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
2130 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
2131 **
2132 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
2133 ** been played back.  If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
2134 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
2135 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
2136 ** prior to returning.
2137 **
2138 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
2139 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
2140 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
2141 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
2142 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
2143 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
2144 ** two circumstances:
2145 **
2146 **   * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
2147 **   * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
2148 **     and the checksum field does not match the record content.
2149 **
2150 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
2151 **
2152 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
2153 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
2154 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
2155 */
2156 static int pager_playback_one_page(
2157   Pager *pPager,                /* The pager being played back */
2158   i64 *pOffset,                 /* Offset of record to playback */
2159   Bitvec *pDone,                /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
2160   int isMainJrnl,               /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
2161   int isSavepnt                 /* True for a savepoint rollback */
2162 ){
2163   int rc;
2164   PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
2165   Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
2166   u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
2167   char *aData;                  /* Temporary storage for the page */
2168   sqlite3_file *jfd;            /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
2169   int isSynced;                 /* True if journal page is synced */
2170 
2171   assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 );      /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
2172   assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 );       /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
2173   assert( isMainJrnl || pDone );     /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
2174   assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 );   /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
2175 
2176   aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2177   assert( aData );         /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
2178   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
2179 
2180   /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
2181   ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
2182   ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
2183   ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
2184   ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
2185   */
2186   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
2187        || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
2188   );
2189   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
2190 
2191   /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
2192   ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
2193   */
2194   jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
2195   rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
2196   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2197   rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
2198   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2199   *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
2200 
2201   /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
2202   ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
2203   ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
2204   ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
2205   */
2206   if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
2207     assert( !isSavepnt );
2208     return SQLITE_DONE;
2209   }
2210   if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
2211     return SQLITE_OK;
2212   }
2213   if( isMainJrnl ){
2214     rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
2215     if( rc ) return rc;
2216     if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
2217       return SQLITE_DONE;
2218     }
2219   }
2220 
2221   /* If this page has already been played back before during the current
2222   ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
2223   */
2224   if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
2225     return rc;
2226   }
2227 
2228   /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
2229   */
2230   if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
2231     pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
2232     pagerReportSize(pPager);
2233   }
2234 
2235   /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
2236   ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
2237   ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
2238   **
2239   ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
2240   ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
2241   ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
2242   ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
2243   ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
2244   ** assert()able.
2245   **
2246   ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
2247   ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
2248   ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
2249   ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
2250   ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
2251   **
2252   ** Ticket #1171:  The statement journal might contain page content that is
2253   ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
2254   ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
2255   ** then changed again within the statement.  When rolling back such a
2256   ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
2257   ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
2258   ** journal.  Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
2259   ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
2260   ** restore the database to its original form.  Two conditions must be
2261   ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
2262   ** locked.  (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
2263   ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
2264   ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
2265   **
2266   ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
2267   ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
2268   ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
2269   */
2270   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2271     pPg = 0;
2272   }else{
2273     pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
2274   }
2275   assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
2276   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 );
2277   PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
2278            PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
2279            (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
2280   ));
2281   if( isMainJrnl ){
2282     isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
2283   }else{
2284     isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
2285   }
2286   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2287    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2288    && isSynced
2289   ){
2290     i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2291     testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
2292     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2293     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
2294     if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
2295       pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
2296     }
2297     if( pPager->pBackup ){
2298       CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
2299       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
2300       CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, aData);
2301     }
2302   }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
2303     /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
2304     ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
2305     ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
2306     ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
2307     ** current.
2308     **
2309     ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
2310     ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
2311     ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
2312     ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
2313     **
2314     ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
2315     ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
2316     ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
2317     ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
2318     */
2319     assert( isSavepnt );
2320     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 );
2321     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2322     rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
2323     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 );
2324     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2325     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2326     pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_READ;
2327     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
2328   }
2329   if( pPg ){
2330     /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
2331     ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
2332     ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
2333     ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
2334     ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
2335     */
2336     void *pData;
2337     pData = pPg->pData;
2338     memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
2339     pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
2340     if( isMainJrnl && (!isSavepnt || *pOffset<=pPager->journalHdr) ){
2341       /* If the contents of this page were just restored from the main
2342       ** journal file, then its content must be as they were when the
2343       ** transaction was first opened. In this case we can mark the page
2344       ** as clean, since there will be no need to write it out to the
2345       ** database.
2346       **
2347       ** There is one exception to this rule. If the page is being rolled
2348       ** back as part of a savepoint (or statement) rollback from an
2349       ** unsynced portion of the main journal file, then it is not safe
2350       ** to mark the page as clean. This is because marking the page as
2351       ** clean will clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag. Since the page is
2352       ** already in the journal file (recorded in Pager.pInJournal) and
2353       ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is cleared, if the page is written to
2354       ** again within this transaction, it will be marked as dirty but
2355       ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag will not be set. It could then potentially
2356       ** be written out into the database file before its journal file
2357       ** segment is synced. If a crash occurs during or following this,
2358       ** database corruption may ensue.
2359       */
2360       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2361       sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
2362     }
2363     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
2364 
2365     /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
2366     ** Do this before any decoding. */
2367     if( pgno==1 ){
2368       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2369     }
2370 
2371     /* Decode the page just read from disk */
2372     CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
2373     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
2374   }
2375   return rc;
2376 }
2377 
2378 /*
2379 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
2380 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
2381 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
2382 ** and does so if it is.
2383 **
2384 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
2385 ** available for use within this function.
2386 **
2387 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names
2388 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
2389 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
2390 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
2391 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
2392 **
2393 **   "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
2394 **
2395 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
2396 ** journals have been rolled back.
2397 **
2398 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into
2399 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
2400 ** each child journal, it checks if:
2401 **
2402 **   * if the child journal exists, and if so
2403 **   * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal
2404 **     file zMaster
2405 **
2406 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
2407 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
2408 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from
2409 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
2410 **
2411 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
2412 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
2413 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
2414 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2415 **
2416 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
2417 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
2418 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
2419 ** size.
2420 */
2421 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
2422   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2423   int rc;                   /* Return code */
2424   sqlite3_file *pMaster;    /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */
2425   sqlite3_file *pJournal;   /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
2426   char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
2427   i64 nMasterJournal;       /* Size of master journal file */
2428   char *zJournal;           /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
2429   char *zMasterPtr;         /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */
2430   int nMasterPtr;           /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */
2431 
2432   /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
2433   ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
2434   */
2435   pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
2436   pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
2437   if( !pMaster ){
2438     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
2439   }else{
2440     const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
2441     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
2442   }
2443   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2444 
2445   /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
2446   ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal.   Also obtain
2447   ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
2448   ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
2449   */
2450   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
2451   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2452   nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
2453   zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1);
2454   if( !zMasterJournal ){
2455     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
2456     goto delmaster_out;
2457   }
2458   zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1];
2459   rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
2460   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2461   zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0;
2462 
2463   zJournal = zMasterJournal;
2464   while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
2465     int exists;
2466     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
2467     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2468       goto delmaster_out;
2469     }
2470     if( exists ){
2471       /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
2472       ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
2473       ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
2474       */
2475       int c;
2476       int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
2477       rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
2478       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2479         goto delmaster_out;
2480       }
2481 
2482       rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
2483       sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
2484       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2485         goto delmaster_out;
2486       }
2487 
2488       c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
2489       if( c ){
2490         /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
2491         goto delmaster_out;
2492       }
2493     }
2494     zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
2495   }
2496 
2497   sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2498   rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
2499 
2500 delmaster_out:
2501   sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
2502   if( pMaster ){
2503     sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2504     assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
2505     sqlite3_free(pMaster);
2506   }
2507   return rc;
2508 }
2509 
2510 
2511 /*
2512 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
2513 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
2514 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
2515 **
2516 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
2517 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
2518 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
2519 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
2520 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
2521 **
2522 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
2523 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
2524 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
2525 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
2526 ** the end of the new file instead.
2527 **
2528 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
2529 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
2530 */
2531 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
2532   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
2533   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2534   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
2535 
2536   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2537    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2538   ){
2539     i64 currentSize, newSize;
2540     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
2541     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2542     /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
2543     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &currentSize);
2544     newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
2545     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
2546       if( currentSize>newSize ){
2547         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
2548       }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){
2549         char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2550         memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
2551         testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
2552         testcase( (newSize-szPage) >  currentSize );
2553         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
2554       }
2555       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2556         pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
2557       }
2558     }
2559   }
2560   return rc;
2561 }
2562 
2563 /*
2564 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The
2565 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2566 */
2567 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
2568   int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile);
2569   if( iRet<32 ){
2570     iRet = 512;
2571   }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
2572     assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
2573     iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
2574   }
2575   return iRet;
2576 }
2577 
2578 /*
2579 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
2580 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
2581 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used
2582 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
2583 ** master journal pointers within created journal files.
2584 **
2585 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
2586 **
2587 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
2588 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
2589 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
2590 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2591 **
2592 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
2593 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512).  The purpose of
2594 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
2595 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
2596 ** that range.  But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
2597 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
2598 ** size.  For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
2599 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
2600 */
2601 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
2602   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
2603 
2604   if( pPager->tempFile
2605    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) &
2606               SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0
2607   ){
2608     /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
2609     ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
2610     ** call will segfault. */
2611     pPager->sectorSize = 512;
2612   }else{
2613     pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd);
2614   }
2615 }
2616 
2617 /*
2618 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
2619 ** the state it was in before we started making changes.
2620 **
2621 ** The journal file format is as follows:
2622 **
2623 **  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
2624 **  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
2625 **       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
2626 **       number of page records from the journal size.
2627 **  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
2628 **       sanity checksum.
2629 **  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
2630 **       database to during a rollback.
2631 **  (5)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size.  The header
2632 **       is this many bytes in size.
2633 **  (6)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
2634 **  (7)  zero padding out to the next sector size.
2635 **  (8)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
2636 **        +  4 byte page number.
2637 **        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
2638 **        +  4 byte checksum
2639 **
2640 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
2641 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
2642 **
2643 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
2644 ** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
2645 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
2646 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
2647 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
2648 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
2649 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
2650 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
2651 **
2652 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
2653 ** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
2654 ** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
2655 ** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
2656 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
2657 **
2658 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
2659 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
2660 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
2661 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
2662 ** been encountered.
2663 **
2664 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
2665 ** and an error code is returned.
2666 **
2667 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
2668 ** that might be a hot journal.  Or, it could be that the journal is
2669 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
2670 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
2671 ** back any content.  If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
2672 ** needed.
2673 */
2674 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
2675   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2676   i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
2677   u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
2678   u32 u;                   /* Unsigned loop counter */
2679   Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
2680   int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
2681   int res = 1;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
2682   char *zMaster = 0;       /* Name of master journal file if any */
2683   int needPagerReset;      /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
2684   int nPlayback = 0;       /* Total number of pages restored from journal */
2685 
2686   /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
2687   ** the journal is empty.
2688   */
2689   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
2690   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
2691   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2692     goto end_playback;
2693   }
2694 
2695   /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
2696   ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
2697   ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
2698   ** played back.
2699   **
2700   ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
2701   ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
2702   ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
2703   **  mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
2704   ** for pageSize.
2705   */
2706   zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2707   rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2708   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
2709     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
2710   }
2711   zMaster = 0;
2712   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
2713     goto end_playback;
2714   }
2715   pPager->journalOff = 0;
2716   needPagerReset = isHot;
2717 
2718   /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
2719   ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
2720   ** occurs.
2721   */
2722   while( 1 ){
2723     /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
2724     ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
2725     ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
2726     ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
2727     */
2728     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
2729     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2730       if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2731         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2732       }
2733       goto end_playback;
2734     }
2735 
2736     /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
2737     ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
2738     ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
2739     ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
2740     */
2741     if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
2742       assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
2743       nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2744     }
2745 
2746     /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
2747     ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
2748     ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
2749     ** synced to disk.  Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
2750     ** size of the file.
2751     **
2752     ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
2753     ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
2754     ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back.  But
2755     ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
2756     ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
2757     ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
2758     ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
2759     */
2760     if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
2761         pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
2762       nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2763     }
2764 
2765     /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
2766     ** database file back to its original size.
2767     */
2768     if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
2769       rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
2770       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2771         goto end_playback;
2772       }
2773       pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
2774     }
2775 
2776     /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
2777     ** database file and/or page cache.
2778     */
2779     for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
2780       if( needPagerReset ){
2781         pager_reset(pPager);
2782         needPagerReset = 0;
2783       }
2784       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
2785       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2786         nPlayback++;
2787       }else{
2788         if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2789           pPager->journalOff = szJ;
2790           break;
2791         }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2792           /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
2793           ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
2794           ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash.  In that
2795           ** case, the database should have never been written in the
2796           ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
2797           rc = SQLITE_OK;
2798           goto end_playback;
2799         }else{
2800           /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
2801           ** code.  This will cause the pager to enter the error state
2802           ** so that no further harm will be done.  Perhaps the next
2803           ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
2804           */
2805           goto end_playback;
2806         }
2807       }
2808     }
2809   }
2810   /*NOTREACHED*/
2811   assert( 0 );
2812 
2813 end_playback:
2814   /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
2815   ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
2816   ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
2817   ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
2818   */
2819 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
2820   if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){
2821     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);
2822   }
2823 #endif
2824 
2825   /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
2826   ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
2827   ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
2828   ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
2829   ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
2830   ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
2831   ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
2832   ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
2833   */
2834   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
2835 
2836   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2837     zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2838     rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2839     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2840   }
2841   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
2842    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2843   ){
2844     rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0);
2845   }
2846   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2847     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0);
2848     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2849   }
2850   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){
2851     /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
2852     ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
2853     */
2854     rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
2855     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2856   }
2857   if( isHot && nPlayback ){
2858     sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s",
2859                 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal);
2860   }
2861 
2862   /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
2863   ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
2864   ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
2865   */
2866   setSectorSize(pPager);
2867   return rc;
2868 }
2869 
2870 
2871 /*
2872 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into
2873 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
2874 ** file before this function is called.
2875 **
2876 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
2877 ** the value read from the database file.
2878 **
2879 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
2880 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2881 */
2882 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg, u32 iFrame){
2883   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
2884   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;       /* Page number to read */
2885   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
2886   int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */
2887 
2888   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
2889   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
2890 
2891 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
2892   if( iFrame ){
2893     /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */
2894     rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame, pgsz, pPg->pData);
2895   }else
2896 #endif
2897   {
2898     i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2899     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset);
2900     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2901       rc = SQLITE_OK;
2902     }
2903   }
2904 
2905   if( pgno==1 ){
2906     if( rc ){
2907       /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
2908       ** that will never be a valid file version.  dbFileVers[] is a copy
2909       ** of bytes 24..39 of the database.  Bytes 28..31 should always be
2910       ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
2911       ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff.  So filling
2912       ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
2913       **
2914       ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex:  bytes
2915       ** 24..39 of the database are white noise.  But the probability of
2916       ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
2917       ** we should still be ok.
2918       */
2919       memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2920     }else{
2921       u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
2922       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2923     }
2924   }
2925   CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM);
2926 
2927   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
2928   PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
2929   IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
2930   PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
2931                PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
2932 
2933   return rc;
2934 }
2935 
2936 /*
2937 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
2938 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
2939 **
2940 ** This is an unconditional update.  See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
2941 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
2942 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
2943 */
2944 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
2945   u32 change_counter;
2946 
2947   /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
2948   change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
2949   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
2950 
2951   /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
2952   ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
2953   ** is valid. */
2954   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
2955   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
2956 }
2957 
2958 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
2959 /*
2960 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
2961 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
2962 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
2963 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
2964 **
2965 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
2966 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
2967 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
2968 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
2969 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
2970 */
2971 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
2972   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
2973   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
2974   PgHdr *pPg;
2975 
2976   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2977   pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
2978   if( pPg ){
2979     if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
2980       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
2981     }else{
2982       u32 iFrame = 0;
2983       rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame);
2984       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2985         rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame);
2986       }
2987       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2988         pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
2989       }
2990       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
2991     }
2992   }
2993 
2994   /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
2995   ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
2996   ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
2997   ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
2998   ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
2999   ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
3000   ** the backups must be restarted.
3001   */
3002   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
3003 
3004   return rc;
3005 }
3006 
3007 /*
3008 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
3009 */
3010 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
3011   int rc;                         /* Return Code */
3012   PgHdr *pList;                   /* List of dirty pages to revert */
3013 
3014   /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
3015   ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
3016   ** following:
3017   **
3018   **   + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
3019   **   + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
3020   */
3021   pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
3022   rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
3023   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3024   while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3025     PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
3026     rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
3027     pList = pNext;
3028   }
3029 
3030   return rc;
3031 }
3032 
3033 /*
3034 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
3035 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
3036 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
3037 ** changed.
3038 **
3039 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
3040 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
3041 */
3042 static int pagerWalFrames(
3043   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
3044   PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of frames to log */
3045   Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
3046   int isCommit                    /* True if this is a commit */
3047 ){
3048   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3049   int nList;                      /* Number of pages in pList */
3050   PgHdr *p;                       /* For looping over pages */
3051 
3052   assert( pPager->pWal );
3053   assert( pList );
3054 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
3055   /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
3056   for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
3057     assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
3058   }
3059 #endif
3060 
3061   assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit );
3062   if( isCommit ){
3063     /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
3064     ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
3065     ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
3066     ** list here. */
3067     PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
3068     nList = 0;
3069     for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){
3070       if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){
3071         ppNext = &p->pDirty;
3072         nList++;
3073       }
3074     }
3075     assert( pList );
3076   }else{
3077     nList = 1;
3078   }
3079   pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList;
3080 
3081   if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
3082   rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal,
3083       pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags
3084   );
3085   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
3086     for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3087       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
3088     }
3089   }
3090 
3091 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
3092   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3093   for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3094     pager_set_pagehash(p);
3095   }
3096 #endif
3097 
3098   return rc;
3099 }
3100 
3101 /*
3102 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
3103 **
3104 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
3105 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
3106 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
3107 ** other writers or checkpointers.
3108 */
3109 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
3110   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3111   int changed = 0;                /* True if cache must be reset */
3112 
3113   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3114   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
3115 
3116   /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
3117   ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  So call it now.  If we
3118   ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
3119   ** the duplicate call is harmless.
3120   */
3121   sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
3122 
3123   rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
3124   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
3125     pager_reset(pPager);
3126     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
3127   }
3128 
3129   return rc;
3130 }
3131 #endif
3132 
3133 /*
3134 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
3135 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
3136 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
3137 **
3138 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
3139 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
3140 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
3141 */
3142 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
3143   Pgno nPage;                     /* Value to return via *pnPage */
3144 
3145   /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
3146   ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
3147   ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
3148   ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
3149   ** contains no valid committed transactions.
3150   */
3151   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3152   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3153   nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
3154 
3155   /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the
3156   ** WAL sub-system, determine the page counte based on the size of
3157   ** the database file.  If the size of the database file is not an
3158   ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result.
3159   */
3160   if( nPage==0 ){
3161     i64 n = 0;                    /* Size of db file in bytes */
3162     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
3163     if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3164       int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
3165       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
3166         return rc;
3167       }
3168     }
3169     nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize);
3170   }
3171 
3172   /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
3173   ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
3174   ** that the file can be read.
3175   */
3176   if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
3177     pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
3178   }
3179 
3180   *pnPage = nPage;
3181   return SQLITE_OK;
3182 }
3183 
3184 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3185 /*
3186 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
3187 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
3188 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
3189 **
3190 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
3191 ** in WAL mode.  If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
3192 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
3193 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
3194 **
3195 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
3196 **
3197 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
3198 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
3199 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
3200 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
3201 ** other connection.
3202 */
3203 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
3204   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3205   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3206   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3207 
3208   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
3209     int isWal;                    /* True if WAL file exists */
3210     Pgno nPage;                   /* Size of the database file */
3211 
3212     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
3213     if( rc ) return rc;
3214     if( nPage==0 ){
3215       rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
3216       if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
3217       isWal = 0;
3218     }else{
3219       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
3220           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
3221       );
3222     }
3223     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3224       if( isWal ){
3225         testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
3226         rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
3227       }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
3228         pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
3229       }
3230     }
3231   }
3232   return rc;
3233 }
3234 #endif
3235 
3236 /*
3237 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
3238 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
3239 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
3240 ** savepoint.
3241 **
3242 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
3243 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
3244 ** performed in the order specified:
3245 **
3246 **   * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
3247 **     offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
3248 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
3249 **     file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
3250 **
3251 **   * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
3252 **     back starting from the journal header immediately following
3253 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
3254 **
3255 **   * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
3256 **     with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
3257 **     the journal file.
3258 **
3259 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
3260 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
3261 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
3262 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
3263 **
3264 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
3265 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
3266 **
3267 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
3268 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
3269 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
3270 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
3271 */
3272 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
3273   i64 szJ;                 /* Effective size of the main journal */
3274   i64 iHdrOff;             /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
3275   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
3276   Bitvec *pDone = 0;       /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
3277 
3278   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
3279   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
3280 
3281   /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
3282   if( pSavepoint ){
3283     pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
3284     if( !pDone ){
3285       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
3286     }
3287   }
3288 
3289   /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
3290   ** being reverted was opened.
3291   */
3292   pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
3293   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
3294 
3295   if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3296     return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
3297   }
3298 
3299   /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
3300   ** journal.  The actual file might be larger than this in
3301   ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST.  But anything
3302   ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
3303   */
3304   szJ = pPager->journalOff;
3305   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
3306 
3307   /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
3308   ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
3309   ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
3310   ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
3311   ** will be skipped automatically.  Pages are added to pDone as they
3312   ** are played back.
3313   */
3314   if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3315     iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
3316     pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
3317     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
3318       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3319     }
3320     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3321   }else{
3322     pPager->journalOff = 0;
3323   }
3324 
3325   /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
3326   ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
3327   ** of the main journal file.  Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
3328   ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
3329   */
3330   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
3331     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3332     u32 nJRec = 0;     /* Number of Journal Records */
3333     u32 dummy;
3334     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
3335     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3336 
3337     /*
3338     ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
3339     ** test is related to ticket #2565.  See the discussion in the
3340     ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
3341     */
3342     if( nJRec==0
3343      && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
3344     ){
3345       nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
3346     }
3347     for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
3348       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3349     }
3350     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3351   }
3352   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
3353 
3354   /* Finally,  rollback pages from the sub-journal.  Page that were
3355   ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
3356   ** will be skipped.  Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
3357   */
3358   if( pSavepoint ){
3359     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3360     i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
3361 
3362     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3363       rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
3364     }
3365     for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
3366       assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
3367       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
3368     }
3369     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3370   }
3371 
3372   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
3373   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3374     pPager->journalOff = szJ;
3375   }
3376 
3377   return rc;
3378 }
3379 
3380 /*
3381 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed.
3382 */
3383 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3384   sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3385 }
3386 
3387 /*
3388 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap.
3389 */
3390 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){
3391 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3392   sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
3393   if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
3394     sqlite3_int64 sz;
3395     sz = pPager->szMmap;
3396     pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0);
3397     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz);
3398   }
3399 #endif
3400 }
3401 
3402 /*
3403 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file.
3404 */
3405 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
3406   pPager->szMmap = szMmap;
3407   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3408 }
3409 
3410 /*
3411 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager.
3412 */
3413 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){
3414   sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache);
3415 }
3416 
3417 /*
3418 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter.
3419 **
3420 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness
3421 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by
3422 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals.
3423 ** There are three levels:
3424 **
3425 **    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
3426 **              for temporary and transient files.
3427 **
3428 **    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
3429 **              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
3430 **              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
3431 **              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
3432 **              in a state which would cause damage to the database
3433 **              when it is rolled back.
3434 **
3435 **    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
3436 **              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
3437 **              of the journal header - being written in between the two
3438 **              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
3439 **              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
3440 **              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
3441 **              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
3442 **
3443 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode.  For WAL mode, OFF continues
3444 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur.  NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
3445 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
3446 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
3447 ** was written back into the database.  But no sync operations occur for
3448 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL.  FULL means that the WAL
3449 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
3450 ** syncs associated with NORMAL.
3451 **
3452 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL.  The
3453 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
3454 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC).  SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
3455 ** ordinary fsync() call.  There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
3456 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX.  But the
3457 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
3458 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
3459 **
3460 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
3461 ** and FULL=3.
3462 */
3463 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
3464 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(
3465   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager to set safety level for */
3466   unsigned pgFlags      /* Various flags */
3467 ){
3468   unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK;
3469   assert( level>=1 && level<=3 );
3470   pPager->noSync =  (level==1 || pPager->tempFile) ?1:0;
3471   pPager->fullSync = (level==3 && !pPager->tempFile) ?1:0;
3472   if( pPager->noSync ){
3473     pPager->syncFlags = 0;
3474     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0;
3475   }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){
3476     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3477     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3478   }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ){
3479     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3480     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3481   }else{
3482     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3483     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3484   }
3485   pPager->walSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags;
3486   if( pPager->fullSync ){
3487     pPager->walSyncFlags |= WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
3488   }
3489   if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){
3490     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3491   }else{
3492     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3493   }
3494 }
3495 #endif
3496 
3497 /*
3498 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
3499 ** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
3500 ** testing and analysis only.
3501 */
3502 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3503 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
3504 #endif
3505 
3506 /*
3507 ** Open a temporary file.
3508 **
3509 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
3510 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
3511 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
3512 **
3513 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
3514 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
3515 **
3516 **     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
3517 **     SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
3518 **     SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
3519 **     SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
3520 */
3521 static int pagerOpentemp(
3522   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager object */
3523   sqlite3_file *pFile,  /* Write the file descriptor here */
3524   int vfsFlags          /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
3525 ){
3526   int rc;               /* Return code */
3527 
3528 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3529   sqlite3_opentemp_count++;  /* Used for testing and analysis only */
3530 #endif
3531 
3532   vfsFlags |=  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
3533             SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
3534   rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
3535   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
3536   return rc;
3537 }
3538 
3539 /*
3540 ** Set the busy handler function.
3541 **
3542 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
3543 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
3544 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
3545 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
3546 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
3547 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
3548 **
3549 **   Transition                        | Invokes xBusyHandler
3550 **   --------------------------------------------------------
3551 **   NO_LOCK       -> SHARED_LOCK      | Yes
3552 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> RESERVED_LOCK    | No
3553 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | No
3554 **   RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | Yes
3555 **
3556 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
3557 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
3558 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
3559 */
3560 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(
3561   Pager *pPager,                       /* Pager object */
3562   int (*xBusyHandler)(void *),         /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
3563   void *pBusyHandlerArg                /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
3564 ){
3565   pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
3566   pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
3567 
3568   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3569     void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler;
3570     assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler );
3571     assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg );
3572     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap);
3573   }
3574 }
3575 
3576 /*
3577 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
3578 ** is passed in *pPageSize.
3579 **
3580 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
3581 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
3582 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
3583 **
3584 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
3585 **
3586 **   * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
3587 **     of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
3588 **
3589 **   * there are no outstanding page references, and
3590 **
3591 **   * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
3592 **     an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
3593 **
3594 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
3595 **
3596 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
3597 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
3598 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
3599 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3600 **
3601 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
3602 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
3603 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
3604 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
3605 */
3606 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
3607   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3608 
3609   /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
3610   ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
3611   ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
3612   **
3613   ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
3614   ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
3615   ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
3616   ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
3617   */
3618 
3619   u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
3620   assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
3621   if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
3622    && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
3623    && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize
3624   ){
3625     char *pNew = NULL;             /* New temp space */
3626     i64 nByte = 0;
3627 
3628     if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3629       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
3630     }
3631     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3632       pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize);
3633       if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
3634     }
3635 
3636     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3637       pager_reset(pPager);
3638       rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
3639     }
3640     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3641       sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
3642       pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
3643       pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize);
3644       pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
3645     }else{
3646       sqlite3PageFree(pNew);
3647     }
3648   }
3649 
3650   *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
3651   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3652     if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
3653     assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
3654     pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
3655     pagerReportSize(pPager);
3656     pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3657   }
3658   return rc;
3659 }
3660 
3661 /*
3662 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
3663 ** by the pager.  This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
3664 ** entire content of a database page.  This buffer is used internally
3665 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
3666 ** occurs.  But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
3667 ** no rollbacks are happening.
3668 */
3669 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
3670   return pPager->pTmpSpace;
3671 }
3672 
3673 /*
3674 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
3675 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative.  And never reduce the
3676 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
3677 **
3678 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
3679 */
3680 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3681   if( mxPage>0 ){
3682     pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
3683   }
3684   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );      /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
3685   assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize );  /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */
3686   return pPager->mxPgno;
3687 }
3688 
3689 /*
3690 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
3691 ** I/O error mechanism.  These routines are used to avoid simulated
3692 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
3693 **
3694 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
3695 ** and generate no code.
3696 */
3697 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3698 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3699 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
3700 static int saved_cnt;
3701 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3702   saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3703   sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
3704 }
3705 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3706   sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
3707 }
3708 #else
3709 # define disable_simulated_io_errors()
3710 # define enable_simulated_io_errors()
3711 #endif
3712 
3713 /*
3714 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
3715 ** that pDest points to.
3716 **
3717 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
3718 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
3719 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
3720 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
3721 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
3722 **
3723 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
3724 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
3725 ** output buffer undefined.
3726 */
3727 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
3728   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3729   memset(pDest, 0, N);
3730   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
3731 
3732   /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
3733   ** the Pager object.  There has not been an opportunity to transition
3734   ** to WAL mode yet.
3735   */
3736   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3737 
3738   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3739     IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
3740     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
3741     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3742       rc = SQLITE_OK;
3743     }
3744   }
3745   return rc;
3746 }
3747 
3748 /*
3749 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
3750 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
3751 **
3752 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
3753 ** this is considered a 1 page file.
3754 */
3755 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
3756   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
3757   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
3758   *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
3759 }
3760 
3761 
3762 /*
3763 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
3764 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
3765 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
3766 **
3767 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
3768 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
3769 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
3770 ** obtain the lock succeeds.
3771 **
3772 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
3773 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
3774 ** variable to locktype before returning.
3775 */
3776 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
3777   int rc;                              /* Return code */
3778 
3779   /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
3780   ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler
3781   ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
3782   ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
3783   */
3784   assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
3785        || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
3786        || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
3787   );
3788 
3789   do {
3790     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
3791   }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
3792   return rc;
3793 }
3794 
3795 /*
3796 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
3797 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
3798 **
3799 **   a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
3800 **      current database image, in pages, OR
3801 **
3802 **   b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
3803 **      be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal
3804 **      (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()).
3805 **
3806 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
3807 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
3808 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
3809 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
3810 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current
3811 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
3812 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
3813 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
3814 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
3815 ** this circumstance cannot arise.
3816 */
3817 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
3818 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
3819   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
3820   assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize );
3821 }
3822 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
3823   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
3824 }
3825 #else
3826 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
3827 #endif
3828 
3829 /*
3830 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
3831 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
3832 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
3833 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
3834 **
3835 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction.
3836 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be
3837 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and
3838 ** then continue writing to the database.
3839 */
3840 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
3841   assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
3842   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
3843   pPager->dbSize = nPage;
3844 
3845   /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to
3846   ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are,
3847   ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint
3848   ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled
3849   ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only
3850   ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the
3851   ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0),
3852   ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call
3853   ** is no longer correct. */
3854 }
3855 
3856 
3857 /*
3858 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
3859 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
3860 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
3861 ** that the entire journal file has been synced.
3862 **
3863 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
3864 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
3865 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
3866 ** content as this process.
3867 **
3868 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
3869 ** an SQLite error code.
3870 */
3871 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
3872   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3873   if( !pPager->noSync ){
3874     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
3875   }
3876   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3877     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
3878   }
3879   return rc;
3880 }
3881 
3882 /*
3883 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno.
3884 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch().
3885 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference
3886 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set
3887 ** *ppPage to zero.
3888 **
3889 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released
3890 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage().
3891 */
3892 static int pagerAcquireMapPage(
3893   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
3894   Pgno pgno,                      /* Page number */
3895   void *pData,                    /* xFetch()'d data for this page */
3896   PgHdr **ppPage                  /* OUT: Acquired page object */
3897 ){
3898   PgHdr *p;                       /* Memory mapped page to return */
3899 
3900   if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){
3901     *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
3902     pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty;
3903     p->pDirty = 0;
3904     memset(p->pExtra, 0, pPager->nExtra);
3905   }else{
3906     *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra);
3907     if( p==0 ){
3908       sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData);
3909       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
3910     }
3911     p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1];
3912     p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP;
3913     p->nRef = 1;
3914     p->pPager = pPager;
3915   }
3916 
3917   assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] );
3918   assert( p->pPage==0 );
3919   assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP );
3920   assert( p->pPager==pPager );
3921   assert( p->nRef==1 );
3922 
3923   p->pgno = pgno;
3924   p->pData = pData;
3925   pPager->nMmapOut++;
3926 
3927   return SQLITE_OK;
3928 }
3929 
3930 /*
3931 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an
3932 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage().
3933 */
3934 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){
3935   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
3936   pPager->nMmapOut--;
3937   pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
3938   pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg;
3939 
3940   assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 );
3941   sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData);
3942 }
3943 
3944 /*
3945 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list.
3946 */
3947 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){
3948   PgHdr *p;
3949   PgHdr *pNext;
3950   for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){
3951     pNext = p->pDirty;
3952     sqlite3_free(p);
3953   }
3954 }
3955 
3956 
3957 /*
3958 ** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
3959 **
3960 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
3961 ** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
3962 ** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
3963 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
3964 ** result in a coredump.
3965 **
3966 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
3967 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
3968 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
3969 ** to the caller.
3970 */
3971 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){
3972   u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace;
3973 
3974   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
3975   disable_simulated_io_errors();
3976   sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
3977   pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager);
3978   /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
3979   pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
3980 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3981   sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, pTmp);
3982   pPager->pWal = 0;
3983 #endif
3984   pager_reset(pPager);
3985   if( MEMDB ){
3986     pager_unlock(pPager);
3987   }else{
3988     /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
3989     ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
3990     ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
3991     ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
3992     **
3993     ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
3994     ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
3995     ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
3996     ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
3997     ** rollback before accessing the database file.
3998     */
3999     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
4000       pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
4001     }
4002     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
4003   }
4004   sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
4005   enable_simulated_io_errors();
4006   PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4007   IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
4008   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
4009   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4010   sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
4011   sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
4012 
4013 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
4014   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
4015 #endif
4016 
4017   assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
4018   assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
4019 
4020   sqlite3_free(pPager);
4021   return SQLITE_OK;
4022 }
4023 
4024 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
4025 /*
4026 ** Return the page number for page pPg.
4027 */
4028 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
4029   return pPg->pgno;
4030 }
4031 #endif
4032 
4033 /*
4034 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
4035 */
4036 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
4037   sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
4038 }
4039 
4040 /*
4041 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
4042 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
4043 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
4044 **
4045 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
4046 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
4047 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows:
4048 **
4049 **   * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
4050 **     be taken.
4051 **
4052 **   * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
4053 **     then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
4054 **     is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
4055 **     been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
4056 **     mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
4057 **
4058 **   * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
4059 **     journal file is synced.
4060 **
4061 ** Or, in pseudo-code:
4062 **
4063 **   if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
4064 **     if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
4065 **       if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
4066 **       <update nRec field>
4067 **     }
4068 **     if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
4069 **   }
4070 **
4071 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
4072 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
4073 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
4074 */
4075 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
4076   int rc;                         /* Return code */
4077 
4078   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4079        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
4080   );
4081   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4082   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4083 
4084   rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
4085   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4086 
4087   if( !pPager->noSync ){
4088     assert( !pPager->tempFile );
4089     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
4090       const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4091       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
4092 
4093       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4094         /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
4095         ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
4096         ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
4097         ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
4098         ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
4099         ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
4100         ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
4101         ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
4102         ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
4103         ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
4104         ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
4105         ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
4106         **
4107         ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
4108         ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
4109         ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
4110         **
4111         ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
4112         ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
4113         ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
4114         ** the potential journal header.
4115         */
4116         i64 iNextHdrOffset;
4117         u8 aMagic[8];
4118         u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
4119 
4120         memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
4121         put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
4122 
4123         iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
4124         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
4125         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
4126           static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
4127           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
4128         }
4129         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
4130           return rc;
4131         }
4132 
4133         /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
4134         ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
4135         ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
4136         ** it as a candidate for rollback.
4137         **
4138         ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
4139         ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
4140         ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
4141         ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
4142         ** and never needs to be updated.
4143         */
4144         if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4145           PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4146           IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4147           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
4148           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4149         }
4150         IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
4151         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
4152             pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
4153         );
4154         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4155       }
4156       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4157         PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4158         IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4159         rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags|
4160           (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
4161         );
4162         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4163       }
4164 
4165       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4166       if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4167         pPager->nRec = 0;
4168         rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
4169         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4170       }
4171     }else{
4172       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4173     }
4174   }
4175 
4176   /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
4177   ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
4178   ** all pages.
4179   */
4180   sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
4181   pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
4182   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4183   return SQLITE_OK;
4184 }
4185 
4186 /*
4187 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
4188 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
4189 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
4190 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
4191 ** a no-op.
4192 **
4193 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
4194 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
4195 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
4196 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
4197 **
4198 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
4199 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
4200 ** written out.
4201 **
4202 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
4203 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
4204 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
4205 **
4206 **   * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
4207 **   * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
4208 **
4209 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
4210 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
4211 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
4212 ** the database file.
4213 **
4214 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
4215 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
4216 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
4217 */
4218 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
4219   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
4220 
4221   /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
4222   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4223   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
4224   assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
4225 
4226   /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
4227   ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
4228   ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
4229   */
4230   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
4231     assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
4232     rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
4233   }
4234 
4235   /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
4236   ** file size will be.
4237   */
4238   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4239   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
4240    && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize
4241    && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize)
4242   ){
4243     sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
4244     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
4245     pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
4246   }
4247 
4248   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4249     Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
4250 
4251     /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
4252     ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
4253     ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
4254     ** any such pages to the file.
4255     **
4256     ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
4257     ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
4258     */
4259     if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
4260       i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;   /* Offset to write */
4261       char *pData;                                   /* Data to write */
4262 
4263       assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4264       if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
4265 
4266       /* Encode the database */
4267       CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData);
4268 
4269       /* Write out the page data. */
4270       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
4271 
4272       /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
4273       ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
4274       ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
4275       */
4276       if( pgno==1 ){
4277         memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
4278       }
4279       if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
4280         pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
4281       }
4282       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
4283 
4284       /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
4285       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
4286 
4287       PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
4288                    PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
4289       IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
4290       PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
4291     }else{
4292       PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
4293     }
4294     pager_set_pagehash(pList);
4295     pList = pList->pDirty;
4296   }
4297 
4298   return rc;
4299 }
4300 
4301 /*
4302 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
4303 ** function is a no-op.
4304 **
4305 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
4306 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
4307 ** fails.
4308 */
4309 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
4310   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4311   if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
4312     if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
4313       sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->sjfd);
4314     }else{
4315       rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->sjfd, SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL);
4316     }
4317   }
4318   return rc;
4319 }
4320 
4321 /*
4322 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
4323 **
4324 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
4325 ** for all open savepoints before returning.
4326 **
4327 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
4328 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
4329 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
4330 ** bitvec.
4331 */
4332 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4333   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4334   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4335   if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
4336 
4337     /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
4338     assert( pPager->useJournal );
4339     assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4340     assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
4341     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)
4342          || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg)
4343          || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize
4344     );
4345     rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
4346 
4347     /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
4348     ** write the journal record into the file.  */
4349     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4350       void *pData = pPg->pData;
4351       i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
4352       char *pData2;
4353 
4354       CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2);
4355       PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4356       rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
4357       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4358         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
4359       }
4360     }
4361   }
4362   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4363     pPager->nSubRec++;
4364     assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
4365     rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
4366   }
4367   return rc;
4368 }
4369 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){
4370   if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
4371     return subjournalPage(pPg);
4372   }else{
4373     return SQLITE_OK;
4374   }
4375 }
4376 
4377 /*
4378 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
4379 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
4380 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
4381 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
4382 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
4383 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
4384 ** argument.
4385 **
4386 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
4387 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
4388 ** journal file.
4389 **
4390 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
4391 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
4392 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
4393 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
4394 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
4395 */
4396 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
4397   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
4398   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4399 
4400   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
4401   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
4402 
4403   /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of
4404   ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed.  This occurs
4405   ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
4406   ** pages belonging to the same sector.
4407   **
4408   ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
4409   ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required.  This is set during
4410   ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
4411   **
4412   ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
4413   ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementation it
4414   ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3
4415   ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
4416   ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
4417   ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
4418   */
4419   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
4420   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK );
4421   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF );
4422   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC );
4423   if( pPager->doNotSpill
4424    && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0
4425       || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0)
4426   ){
4427     return SQLITE_OK;
4428   }
4429 
4430   pPg->pDirty = 0;
4431   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
4432     /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
4433     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
4434     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4435       rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
4436     }
4437   }else{
4438 
4439     /* Sync the journal file if required. */
4440     if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
4441      || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4442     ){
4443       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
4444     }
4445 
4446     /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
4447     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4448       assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4449       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
4450     }
4451   }
4452 
4453   /* Mark the page as clean. */
4454   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4455     PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4456     sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
4457   }
4458 
4459   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4460 }
4461 
4462 
4463 /*
4464 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
4465 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
4466 ** to sqlite3PagerClose().
4467 **
4468 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
4469 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
4470 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
4471 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
4472 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
4473 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
4474 **
4475 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
4476 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
4477 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.
4478 **
4479 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
4480 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
4481 ** of the PAGER_* flags.
4482 **
4483 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
4484 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
4485 **
4486 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
4487 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
4488 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
4489 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
4490 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
4491 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
4492 */
4493 int sqlite3PagerOpen(
4494   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* The virtual file system to use */
4495   Pager **ppPager,         /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
4496   const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
4497   int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
4498   int flags,               /* flags controlling this file */
4499   int vfsFlags,            /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
4500   void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
4501 ){
4502   u8 *pPtr;
4503   Pager *pPager = 0;       /* Pager object to allocate and return */
4504   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
4505   int tempFile = 0;        /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
4506   int memDb = 0;           /* True if this is an in-memory file */
4507   int readOnly = 0;        /* True if this is a read-only file */
4508   int journalFileSize;     /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
4509   char *zPathname = 0;     /* Full path to database file */
4510   int nPathname = 0;       /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
4511   int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
4512   int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize();       /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
4513   u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;  /* Default page size */
4514   const char *zUri = 0;    /* URI args to copy */
4515   int nUri = 0;            /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
4516 
4517   /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
4518   ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). This
4519   ** is the maximum space required for an in-memory journal file handle
4520   ** and a regular journal file-handle. Note that a "regular journal-handle"
4521   ** may be a wrapper capable of caching the first portion of the journal
4522   ** file in memory to implement the atomic-write optimization (see
4523   ** source file journal.c).
4524   */
4525   if( sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)>sqlite3MemJournalSize() ){
4526     journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
4527   }else{
4528     journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3MemJournalSize());
4529   }
4530 
4531   /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
4532   *ppPager = 0;
4533 
4534 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
4535   if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
4536     memDb = 1;
4537     if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4538       zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename);
4539       if( zPathname==0  ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
4540       nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4541       zFilename = 0;
4542     }
4543   }
4544 #endif
4545 
4546   /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
4547   ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
4548   ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
4549   */
4550   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4551     const char *z;
4552     nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
4553     zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2);
4554     if( zPathname==0 ){
4555       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
4556     }
4557     zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
4558     rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
4559     nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4560     z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1];
4561     while( *z ){
4562       z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
4563       z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
4564     }
4565     nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri);
4566     assert( nUri>=0 );
4567     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
4568       /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
4569       ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
4570       ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
4571       ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
4572       ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
4573       */
4574       rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
4575     }
4576     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4577       sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4578       return rc;
4579     }
4580   }
4581 
4582   /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
4583   ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
4584   ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
4585   **
4586   **     Pager object                    (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
4587   **     PCache object                   (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
4588   **     Database file handle            (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
4589   **     Sub-journal file handle         (journalFileSize bytes)
4590   **     Main journal file handle        (journalFileSize bytes)
4591   **     Database file name              (nPathname+1 bytes)
4592   **     Journal file name               (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
4593   */
4594   pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
4595     ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) +      /* Pager structure */
4596     ROUND8(pcacheSize) +           /* PCache object */
4597     ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) +       /* The main db file */
4598     journalFileSize * 2 +          /* The two journal files */
4599     nPathname + 1 + nUri +         /* zFilename */
4600     nPathname + 8 + 2              /* zJournal */
4601 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4602     + nPathname + 4 + 2            /* zWal */
4603 #endif
4604   );
4605   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
4606   if( !pPtr ){
4607     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4608     return SQLITE_NOMEM;
4609   }
4610   pPager =              (Pager*)(pPtr);
4611   pPager->pPCache =    (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)));
4612   pPager->fd =   (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize));
4613   pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile));
4614   pPager->jfd =  (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4615   pPager->zFilename =    (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4616   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
4617 
4618   /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */
4619   if( zPathname ){
4620     assert( nPathname>0 );
4621     pPager->zJournal =   (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri);
4622     memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname);
4623     if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri);
4624     memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname);
4625     memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2);
4626     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal);
4627 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4628     pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1];
4629     memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname);
4630     memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1);
4631     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal);
4632 #endif
4633     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4634   }
4635   pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
4636   pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
4637 
4638   /* Open the pager file.
4639   */
4640   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4641     int fout = 0;                    /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
4642     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
4643     assert( !memDb );
4644     readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4645 
4646     /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
4647     ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
4648     ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
4649     **
4650     **    + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
4651     **    + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
4652     **    + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
4653     */
4654     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4655       int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4656       if( !readOnly ){
4657         setSectorSize(pPager);
4658         assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
4659         if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
4660           if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
4661             szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
4662           }else{
4663             szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
4664           }
4665         }
4666 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
4667         {
4668           int ii;
4669           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
4670           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
4671           assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
4672           for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
4673             if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
4674               szPageDflt = ii;
4675             }
4676           }
4677         }
4678 #endif
4679       }
4680       pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0);
4681       if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0
4682        || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){
4683           vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
4684           goto act_like_temp_file;
4685       }
4686     }
4687   }else{
4688     /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
4689     ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
4690     ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
4691     **
4692     ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
4693     ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
4694     ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
4695     **
4696     ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable.
4697     */
4698 act_like_temp_file:
4699     tempFile = 1;
4700     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;     /* Pretend we already have a lock */
4701     pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;    /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */
4702     pPager->noLock = 1;                /* Do no locking */
4703     readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4704   }
4705 
4706   /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
4707   ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
4708   */
4709   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4710     assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
4711     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
4712     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
4713   }
4714 
4715   /* Initialize the PCache object. */
4716   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4717     assert( nExtra<1000 );
4718     nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
4719     rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
4720                        !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
4721   }
4722 
4723   /* If an error occurred above, free the  Pager structure and close the file.
4724   */
4725   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4726     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4727     sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
4728     sqlite3_free(pPager);
4729     return rc;
4730   }
4731 
4732   PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
4733   IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
4734 
4735   pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
4736   /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
4737   /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
4738   /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
4739   /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
4740   /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
4741   /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
4742   pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
4743   /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
4744   /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
4745   pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
4746   assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
4747           || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
4748   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
4749   pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile;
4750   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
4751   pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
4752   pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
4753   assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
4754   pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
4755   if( pPager->noSync ){
4756     assert( pPager->fullSync==0 );
4757     assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 );
4758     assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 );
4759     assert( pPager->ckptSyncFlags==0 );
4760   }else{
4761     pPager->fullSync = 1;
4762     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
4763     pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
4764     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
4765   }
4766   /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
4767   /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
4768   /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
4769   pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
4770   pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
4771   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
4772   setSectorSize(pPager);
4773   if( !useJournal ){
4774     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
4775   }else if( memDb ){
4776     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
4777   }
4778   /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
4779   /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
4780   pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
4781   /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
4782   /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */
4783 
4784   *ppPager = pPager;
4785   return SQLITE_OK;
4786 }
4787 
4788 
4789 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from
4790 ** under the pager.  Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still were it ought
4791 ** to be on disk.  Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error
4792 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing.
4793 */
4794 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){
4795   int bHasMoved = 0;
4796   int rc;
4797 
4798   if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK;
4799   if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
4800   assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] );
4801   rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved);
4802   if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
4803     /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file
4804     ** has not been moved.  That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to
4805     ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */
4806     rc = SQLITE_OK;
4807   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){
4808     rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED;
4809   }
4810   return rc;
4811 }
4812 
4813 
4814 /*
4815 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
4816 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
4817 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
4818 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
4819 ** file exists if the following criteria are met:
4820 **
4821 **   * The journal file exists in the file system, and
4822 **   * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
4823 **   * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
4824 **   * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
4825 **
4826 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
4827 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
4828 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
4829 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
4830 ** is returned.
4831 **
4832 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename
4833 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file
4834 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
4835 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
4836 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
4837 ** will not roll it back.
4838 **
4839 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
4840 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
4841 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
4842 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
4843 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
4844 */
4845 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
4846   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
4847   int rc = SQLITE_OK;           /* Return code */
4848   int exists = 1;               /* True if a journal file is present */
4849   int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
4850 
4851   assert( pPager->useJournal );
4852   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4853   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
4854 
4855   assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
4856     SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
4857   ));
4858 
4859   *pExists = 0;
4860   if( !jrnlOpen ){
4861     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
4862   }
4863   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
4864     int locked = 0;             /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
4865 
4866     /* Race condition here:  Another process might have been holding the
4867     ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
4868     ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
4869     ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call.  If that
4870     ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
4871     ** in fact there is none.  This results in a false-positive which will
4872     ** be dealt with by the playback routine.  Ticket #3883.
4873     */
4874     rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
4875     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
4876       Pgno nPage;                 /* Number of pages in database file */
4877 
4878       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
4879       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4880         /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the
4881         ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where
4882         ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial
4883         ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back.
4884         ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted.  However, take care
4885         ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to
4886         ** journal_mode=PERSIST.
4887         */
4888         if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){
4889           sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
4890           if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
4891             sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
4892             if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
4893           }
4894           sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
4895         }else{
4896           /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
4897           ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
4898           ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
4899           ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
4900           ** it can be ignored.
4901           */
4902           if( !jrnlOpen ){
4903             int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
4904             rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
4905           }
4906           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4907             u8 first = 0;
4908             rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
4909             if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
4910               rc = SQLITE_OK;
4911             }
4912             if( !jrnlOpen ){
4913               sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
4914             }
4915             *pExists = (first!=0);
4916           }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
4917             /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
4918             ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
4919             ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
4920             ** ticket #3883.  Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
4921             ** This might be a false positive.  But if it is, then the
4922             ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
4923             ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
4924             ** worry so much with race conditions.
4925             */
4926             *pExists = 1;
4927             rc = SQLITE_OK;
4928           }
4929         }
4930       }
4931     }
4932   }
4933 
4934   return rc;
4935 }
4936 
4937 /*
4938 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
4939 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerAcquire() until after this function
4940 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
4941 ** this function is called, it is a no-op.
4942 **
4943 ** The following operations are also performed by this function.
4944 **
4945 **   1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
4946 **      on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
4947 **      SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
4948 **      the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
4949 **      which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
4950 **      rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
4951 **      the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
4952 **      discarded if they are found to be invalid.
4953 **
4954 **   2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
4955 **      no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
4956 **      then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
4957 **      the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
4958 **      file.
4959 **
4960 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
4961 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
4962 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
4963 */
4964 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
4965   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                /* Return code */
4966 
4967   /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
4968   ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
4969   ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
4970   ** exclusive access mode.
4971   */
4972   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
4973   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4974   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
4975   if( NEVER(MEMDB && pPager->errCode) ){ return pPager->errCode; }
4976 
4977   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
4978     int bHotJournal = 1;          /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
4979 
4980     assert( !MEMDB );
4981 
4982     rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
4983     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4984       assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
4985       goto failed;
4986     }
4987 
4988     /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
4989     ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
4990     */
4991     if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
4992       rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
4993     }
4994     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4995       goto failed;
4996     }
4997     if( bHotJournal ){
4998       if( pPager->readOnly ){
4999         rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK;
5000         goto failed;
5001       }
5002 
5003       /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
5004       ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
5005       ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
5006       ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
5007       ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
5008       ** hot-journal back.
5009       **
5010       ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
5011       ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
5012       ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
5013       ** on the database file.
5014       **
5015       ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
5016       ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
5017       */
5018       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5019       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5020         goto failed;
5021       }
5022 
5023       /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
5024       ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
5025       ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
5026       ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
5027       ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
5028       ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
5029       **
5030       ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
5031       ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
5032       ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
5033       ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
5034       ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
5035       */
5036       if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5037         sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5038         int bExists;              /* True if journal file exists */
5039         rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
5040             pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
5041         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
5042           int fout = 0;
5043           int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5044           assert( !pPager->tempFile );
5045           rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
5046           assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5047           if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
5048             rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
5049             sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5050           }
5051         }
5052       }
5053 
5054       /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
5055       ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
5056       ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
5057       ** an inconsistent cache.  Sync the hot journal before playing
5058       ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
5059       ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
5060       ** the journal before playing it back.
5061       */
5062       if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5063         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5064         rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
5065         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5066           rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1);
5067           pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
5068         }
5069       }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
5070         pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5071       }
5072 
5073       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5074         /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
5075         ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5076         ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
5077         ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
5078         ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
5079         ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
5080         **
5081         ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
5082         ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
5083         ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
5084         ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
5085         ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
5086         ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
5087         ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
5088         ** references.
5089         */
5090         pager_error(pPager, rc);
5091         goto failed;
5092       }
5093 
5094       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5095       assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
5096            || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
5097       );
5098     }
5099 
5100     if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasBeenUsed ){
5101       /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to
5102       ** see if the database has been modified.  If the database has changed,
5103       ** flush the cache.  The pPager->hasBeenUsed flag prevents this from
5104       ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a
5105       ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up.
5106       **
5107       ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
5108       ** at offset 24 into the file.  The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
5109       ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change.  The
5110       ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
5111       ** a codec is in use.
5112       **
5113       ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
5114       ** detected.  The chance of an undetected change is so small that
5115       ** it can be neglected.
5116       */
5117       Pgno nPage = 0;
5118       char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
5119 
5120       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
5121       if( rc ) goto failed;
5122 
5123       if( nPage>0 ){
5124         IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
5125         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
5126         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5127           goto failed;
5128         }
5129       }else{
5130         memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
5131       }
5132 
5133       if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
5134         pager_reset(pPager);
5135 
5136         /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes
5137         ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back
5138         ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock.
5139         ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears
5140         ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this
5141         ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */
5142         if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
5143           sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
5144         }
5145       }
5146     }
5147 
5148     /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
5149     ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
5150     */
5151     rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
5152 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
5153     assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
5154 #endif
5155   }
5156 
5157   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5158     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5159     rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
5160   }
5161 
5162   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5163     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
5164   }
5165 
5166  failed:
5167   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5168     assert( !MEMDB );
5169     pager_unlock(pPager);
5170     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5171   }else{
5172     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
5173   }
5174   return rc;
5175 }
5176 
5177 /*
5178 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
5179 ** transaction and unlock the pager.
5180 **
5181 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
5182 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
5183 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
5184 */
5185 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
5186   if( pPager->nMmapOut==0 && (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){
5187     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
5188   }
5189 }
5190 
5191 /*
5192 ** Acquire a reference to page number pgno in pager pPager (a page
5193 ** reference has type DbPage*). If the requested reference is
5194 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
5195 **
5196 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
5197 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
5198 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
5199 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
5200 ** object with no outstanding references.
5201 **
5202 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
5203 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
5204 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
5205 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
5206 **
5207 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if a
5208 ** non-zero value is passed as the noContent parameter and the
5209 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
5210 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
5211 ** page is initialized to all zeros.
5212 **
5213 ** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents
5214 ** of the page. This occurs in two scenarios:
5215 **
5216 **   a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
5217 **
5218 **   b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
5219 **      a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
5220 **      from the savepoint journal.
5221 **
5222 ** If noContent is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead of
5223 ** being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
5224 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
5225 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
5226 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
5227 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
5228 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
5229 **
5230 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
5231 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
5232 **
5233 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup().  Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
5234 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
5235 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
5236 ** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
5237 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
5238 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
5239 ** or journal files.
5240 */
5241 int sqlite3PagerAcquire(
5242   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5243   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5244   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5245   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5246 ){
5247   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5248   PgHdr *pPg = 0;
5249   u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Frame to read from WAL file */
5250   const int noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT);
5251 
5252   /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except
5253   ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY
5254   ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a
5255   ** temporary or in-memory database.  */
5256   const int bMmapOk = (pgno!=1 && USEFETCH(pPager)
5257    && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY))
5258 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
5259    && pPager->xCodec==0
5260 #endif
5261   );
5262 
5263   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5264   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5265   assert( noContent==0 || bMmapOk==0 );
5266 
5267   if( pgno==0 ){
5268     return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5269   }
5270   pPager->hasBeenUsed = 1;
5271 
5272   /* If the pager is in the error state, return an error immediately.
5273   ** Otherwise, request the page from the PCache layer. */
5274   if( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ){
5275     rc = pPager->errCode;
5276   }else{
5277     if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5278       rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5279       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5280     }
5281 
5282     if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){
5283       void *pData = 0;
5284 
5285       rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd,
5286           (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData
5287       );
5288 
5289       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){
5290         if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER ){
5291           pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
5292         }
5293         if( pPg==0 ){
5294           rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg);
5295         }else{
5296           sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData);
5297         }
5298         if( pPg ){
5299           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5300           *ppPage = pPg;
5301           return SQLITE_OK;
5302         }
5303       }
5304       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5305         goto pager_acquire_err;
5306       }
5307     }
5308 
5309     {
5310       sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase;
5311       pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3);
5312       if( pBase==0 ){
5313         rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase);
5314         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5315         if( pBase==0 ){
5316           pPg = *ppPage = 0;
5317           rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
5318           goto pager_acquire_err;
5319         }
5320       }
5321       pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase);
5322       assert( pPg!=0 );
5323     }
5324   }
5325 
5326   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5327     /* Either the call to sqlite3PcacheFetch() returned an error or the
5328     ** pager was already in the error-state when this function was called.
5329     ** Set pPg to 0 and jump to the exception handler.  */
5330     pPg = 0;
5331     goto pager_acquire_err;
5332   }
5333   assert( pPg==(*ppPage) );
5334   assert( pPg->pgno==pgno );
5335   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 );
5336 
5337   if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){
5338     /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
5339     ** the page. Return without further ado.  */
5340     assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5341     pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++;
5342     return SQLITE_OK;
5343 
5344   }else{
5345     /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
5346     ** be initialized.  */
5347 
5348     pPg->pPager = pPager;
5349 
5350     /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page
5351     ** number greater than this, or the unused locking-page, is requested. */
5352     if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5353       rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5354       goto pager_acquire_err;
5355     }
5356 
5357     if( MEMDB || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent || !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
5358       if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
5359         rc = SQLITE_FULL;
5360         goto pager_acquire_err;
5361       }
5362       if( noContent ){
5363         /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
5364         ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
5365         ** page that does not need to be journaled.  Nevertheless, be sure
5366         ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
5367         ** a bit in a bit vector.
5368         */
5369         sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5370         if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5371           TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
5372           testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5373         }
5374         TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
5375         testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5376         sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5377       }
5378       memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
5379       IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
5380     }else{
5381       if( pagerUseWal(pPager) && bMmapOk==0 ){
5382         rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5383         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5384       }
5385       assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
5386       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++;
5387       rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame);
5388       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5389         goto pager_acquire_err;
5390       }
5391     }
5392     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
5393   }
5394 
5395   return SQLITE_OK;
5396 
5397 pager_acquire_err:
5398   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
5399   if( pPg ){
5400     sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
5401   }
5402   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5403 
5404   *ppPage = 0;
5405   return rc;
5406 }
5407 
5408 /*
5409 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
5410 ** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
5411 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
5412 **
5413 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
5414 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
5415 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
5416 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
5417 ** has ever happened.
5418 */
5419 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
5420   sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage;
5421   assert( pPager!=0 );
5422   assert( pgno!=0 );
5423   assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
5424   pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0);
5425   assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasBeenUsed );
5426   if( pPage==0 ) return 0;
5427   return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage);
5428 }
5429 
5430 /*
5431 ** Release a page reference.
5432 **
5433 ** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the
5434 ** page is added to the LRU list.  When all references to all pages
5435 ** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is
5436 ** removed.
5437 */
5438 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){
5439   Pager *pPager;
5440   assert( pPg!=0 );
5441   pPager = pPg->pPager;
5442   if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){
5443     pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg);
5444   }else{
5445     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5446   }
5447   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5448 }
5449 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
5450   if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
5451 }
5452 
5453 /*
5454 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
5455 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
5456 ** file when this routine is called.
5457 **
5458 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
5459 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
5460 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
5461 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
5462 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
5463 **
5464 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
5465 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
5466 ** already open file.
5467 **
5468 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
5469 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
5470 **
5471 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
5472 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
5473 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
5474 */
5475 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
5476   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                        /* Return code */
5477   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;   /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
5478 
5479   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5480   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5481   assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5482 
5483   /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op.  But on
5484   ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
5485   ** an error state. */
5486   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
5487 
5488   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
5489     pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
5490     if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
5491       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
5492     }
5493 
5494     /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
5495     if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5496       if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
5497         sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
5498       }else{
5499         const int flags =                   /* VFS flags to open journal file */
5500           SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|
5501           (pPager->tempFile ?
5502             (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL):
5503             (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL)
5504           );
5505 
5506         /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when
5507         ** it was originally opened. */
5508         rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager);
5509         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5510 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
5511           rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(
5512               pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
5513           );
5514 #else
5515           rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0);
5516 #endif
5517         }
5518       }
5519       assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5520     }
5521 
5522 
5523     /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
5524     ** the sub-journal if necessary.
5525     */
5526     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5527       /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
5528       pPager->nRec = 0;
5529       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5530       pPager->setMaster = 0;
5531       pPager->journalHdr = 0;
5532       rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
5533     }
5534   }
5535 
5536   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5537     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
5538     pPager->pInJournal = 0;
5539   }else{
5540     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5541     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
5542   }
5543 
5544   return rc;
5545 }
5546 
5547 /*
5548 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
5549 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
5550 **
5551 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
5552 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
5553 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
5554 ** functions need be called.
5555 **
5556 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
5557 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
5558 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
5559 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
5560 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
5561 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
5562 ** or using a temporary file otherwise.
5563 */
5564 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
5565   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5566 
5567   if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
5568   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
5569   pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
5570 
5571   if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){
5572     assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5573 
5574     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5575       /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
5576       ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
5577       */
5578       if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
5579         rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5580         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5581           return rc;
5582         }
5583         sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
5584       }
5585 
5586       /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
5587       ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
5588       ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
5589       ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
5590       */
5591       rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
5592     }else{
5593       /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
5594       ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5595       ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
5596       ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
5597       */
5598       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
5599       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
5600         rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5601       }
5602     }
5603 
5604     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5605       /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
5606       **
5607       ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
5608       ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
5609       ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
5610       ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
5611       ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
5612       ** WAL mode.
5613       */
5614       pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
5615       pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
5616       pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
5617       pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
5618       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5619     }
5620 
5621     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5622     assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5623     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5624   }
5625 
5626   PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
5627   return rc;
5628 }
5629 
5630 /*
5631 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal.
5632 */
5633 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){
5634   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5635   int rc;
5636   u32 cksum;
5637   char *pData2;
5638   i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
5639 
5640   /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
5641   ** contains the database locks.  The following assert verifies
5642   ** that we do not. */
5643   assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5644 
5645   assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
5646   CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2);
5647   cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
5648 
5649   /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
5650   ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
5651   ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
5652   ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
5653   ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
5654   ** then corruption may follow.
5655   */
5656   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5657 
5658   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
5659   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5660   rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
5661   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5662   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
5663   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5664 
5665   IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
5666            pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
5667   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
5668   PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
5669        PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5670        ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
5671 
5672   pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
5673   pPager->nRec++;
5674   assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
5675   rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
5676   testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5677   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5678   rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
5679   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5680   return rc;
5681 }
5682 
5683 /*
5684 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
5685 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
5686 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
5687 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
5688 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
5689 */
5690 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
5691   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5692   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5693 
5694   /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
5695   ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
5696   ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
5697   */
5698   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
5699        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5700        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5701   );
5702   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5703   assert( pPager->errCode==0 );
5704   assert( pPager->readOnly==0 );
5705   CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
5706 
5707   /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
5708   ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
5709   ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
5710   **
5711   ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
5712   ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
5713   ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
5714   ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
5715   */
5716   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
5717     rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
5718     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5719   }
5720   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
5721   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5722 
5723   /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */
5724   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
5725 
5726   /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about
5727   ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off
5728   ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC.
5729   */
5730   assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5731   if( pPager->pInJournal!=0
5732    && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0
5733   ){
5734     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
5735     if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5736       rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg);
5737       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5738         return rc;
5739       }
5740     }else{
5741       if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
5742         pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5743       }
5744       PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
5745               PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5746              ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
5747     }
5748   }
5749 
5750   /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list
5751   ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal.  Wait until now,
5752   ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the
5753   ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified.
5754   */
5755   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
5756 
5757   /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
5758   ** then write the page into the statement journal.
5759   */
5760   if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){
5761     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
5762   }
5763 
5764   /* Update the database size and return. */
5765   if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
5766     pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
5767   }
5768   return rc;
5769 }
5770 
5771 /*
5772 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size
5773 ** is larger than the page size.  SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that
5774 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware.  Hence, all bytes of
5775 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of
5776 ** a write.
5777 **
5778 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which
5779 ** case pages can be individually written.  This routine only runs in the
5780 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size.
5781 */
5782 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){
5783   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
5784   Pgno nPageCount;             /* Total number of pages in database file */
5785   Pgno pg1;                    /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
5786   int nPage = 0;               /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
5787   int ii;                      /* Loop counter */
5788   int needSync = 0;            /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
5789   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */
5790   Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
5791 
5792   /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
5793   ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
5794   ** this function.
5795   */
5796   assert( !MEMDB );
5797   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 );
5798   pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
5799 
5800   /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
5801   ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
5802   ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
5803   */
5804   pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
5805 
5806   nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
5807   if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
5808     nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
5809   }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
5810     nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
5811   }else{
5812     nPage = nPagePerSector;
5813   }
5814   assert(nPage>0);
5815   assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
5816   assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
5817 
5818   for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
5819     Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
5820     PgHdr *pPage;
5821     if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
5822       if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5823         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage);
5824         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5825           rc = pager_write(pPage);
5826           if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
5827             needSync = 1;
5828           }
5829           sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
5830         }
5831       }
5832     }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
5833       if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
5834         needSync = 1;
5835       }
5836       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
5837     }
5838   }
5839 
5840   /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
5841   ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
5842   ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
5843   ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
5844   ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
5845   */
5846   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
5847     assert( !MEMDB );
5848     for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
5849       PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
5850       if( pPage ){
5851         pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5852         sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
5853       }
5854     }
5855   }
5856 
5857   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 );
5858   pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
5859   return rc;
5860 }
5861 
5862 /*
5863 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
5864 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
5865 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
5866 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
5867 **
5868 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
5869 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
5870 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
5871 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
5872 **
5873 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
5874 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
5875 */
5876 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
5877   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5878   assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 );
5879   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5880   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
5881   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5882   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){
5883     if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
5884     return SQLITE_OK;
5885   }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){
5886     return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg);
5887   }else{
5888     return pager_write(pPg);
5889   }
5890 }
5891 
5892 /*
5893 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
5894 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
5895 ** to change the content of the page.
5896 */
5897 #ifndef NDEBUG
5898 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
5899   return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
5900 }
5901 #endif
5902 
5903 /*
5904 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
5905 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
5906 ** that page might be marked as dirty.  This happens, for example, when
5907 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
5908 ** content no longer matters.
5909 **
5910 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
5911 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
5912 ** that it does not get written to disk.
5913 **
5914 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
5915 ** DELETE operations.
5916 */
5917 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
5918   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5919   if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
5920     PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
5921     IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
5922     pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
5923     pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
5924     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
5925   }
5926 }
5927 
5928 /*
5929 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
5930 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
5931 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file.  The secondary change counter at
5932 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
5933 **
5934 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
5935 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
5936 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
5937 ** unconditional update of the change counters.
5938 **
5939 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
5940 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
5941 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
5942 ** transaction is committed.
5943 **
5944 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
5945 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
5946 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
5947 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
5948 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
5949 */
5950 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
5951   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5952 
5953   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5954        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5955   );
5956   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5957 
5958   /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
5959   ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
5960   ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
5961   ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
5962   **
5963   ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
5964   ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
5965   ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
5966   ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
5967   */
5968 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
5969 # define DIRECT_MODE 0
5970   assert( isDirectMode==0 );
5971   UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
5972 #else
5973 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
5974 #endif
5975 
5976   if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){
5977     PgHdr *pPgHdr;                /* Reference to page 1 */
5978 
5979     assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
5980 
5981     /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
5982     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr);
5983     assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
5984 
5985     /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
5986     ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable.  When not in
5987     ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
5988     ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
5989     */
5990     if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
5991       rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
5992     }
5993 
5994     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5995       /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
5996       pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
5997 
5998       /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
5999       if( DIRECT_MODE ){
6000         const void *zBuf;
6001         assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
6002         CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, zBuf);
6003         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6004           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
6005           pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
6006         }
6007         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6008           /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the
6009           ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be
6010           ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match).  */
6011           const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24];
6012           memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
6013           pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6014         }
6015       }else{
6016         pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6017       }
6018     }
6019 
6020     /* Release the page reference. */
6021     sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
6022   }
6023   return rc;
6024 }
6025 
6026 /*
6027 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
6028 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
6029 **
6030 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
6031 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
6032 */
6033 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
6034   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6035 
6036   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
6037     void *pArg = (void*)zMaster;
6038     rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg);
6039     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6040   }
6041   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
6042     assert( !MEMDB );
6043     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
6044   }
6045   return rc;
6046 }
6047 
6048 /*
6049 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
6050 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
6051 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
6052 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
6053 **
6054 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
6055 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6056 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
6057 ** returned.
6058 */
6059 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
6060   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6061   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6062        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6063        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6064   );
6065   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6066   if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6067     rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
6068   }
6069   return rc;
6070 }
6071 
6072 /*
6073 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
6074 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
6075 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
6076 ** journal (a single database transaction).
6077 **
6078 ** This routine ensures that:
6079 **
6080 **   * The database file change-counter is updated,
6081 **   * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
6082 **   * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
6083 **   * the database file is truncated (if required), and
6084 **   * the database file synced.
6085 **
6086 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
6087 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
6088 ** delete the master journal file if specified).
6089 **
6090 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
6091 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
6092 **
6093 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
6094 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
6095 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
6096 ** journal file in this case.
6097 */
6098 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
6099   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
6100   const char *zMaster,            /* If not NULL, the master journal name */
6101   int noSync                      /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
6102 ){
6103   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
6104 
6105   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6106        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6107        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6108        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
6109   );
6110   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6111 
6112   /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
6113   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6114 
6115   PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n",
6116       pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize));
6117 
6118   /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
6119   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
6120 
6121   if( MEMDB ){
6122     /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
6123     ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op.  However, any
6124     ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.
6125     */
6126     sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
6127   }else{
6128     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6129       PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
6130       PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
6131       if( pList==0 ){
6132         /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
6133         ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
6134         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne);
6135         pList = pPageOne;
6136         pList->pDirty = 0;
6137       }
6138       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6139       if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
6140         rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1);
6141       }
6142       sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
6143       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6144         sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6145       }
6146     }else{
6147       /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
6148       ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
6149       ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
6150       ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
6151       **
6152       **    * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
6153       **      blocks of size page-size, and
6154       **    * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
6155       **    * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
6156       **
6157       ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
6158       ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
6159       ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
6160       ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
6161       ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
6162       ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
6163       ** mode.
6164       **
6165       ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
6166       ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
6167       ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
6168       ** created for this transaction.
6169       */
6170   #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6171       PgHdr *pPg;
6172       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6173            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6174            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6175       );
6176       if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6177        && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
6178        && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
6179        && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
6180       ){
6181         /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
6182         ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
6183         ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
6184         ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
6185         ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
6186         */
6187         rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
6188       }else{
6189         rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6190         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6191           rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6192         }
6193       }
6194   #else
6195       rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6196   #endif
6197       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6198 
6199       /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master
6200       ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
6201       ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
6202       */
6203       rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
6204       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6205 
6206       /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
6207       ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
6208       ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
6209       **
6210       ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
6211       ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
6212       ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
6213       ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
6214       ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
6215       ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
6216       */
6217       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
6218       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6219 
6220       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache));
6221       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6222         assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
6223         goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6224       }
6225       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6226 
6227       /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use
6228       ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database
6229       ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the
6230       ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the
6231       ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file
6232       ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case.  */
6233       if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){
6234         Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
6235         assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
6236         rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
6237         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6238       }
6239 
6240       /* Finally, sync the database file. */
6241       if( !noSync ){
6242         rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster);
6243       }
6244       IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
6245     }
6246   }
6247 
6248 commit_phase_one_exit:
6249   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6250     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
6251   }
6252   return rc;
6253 }
6254 
6255 
6256 /*
6257 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
6258 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
6259 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
6260 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
6261 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
6262 **
6263 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
6264 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
6265 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
6266 ** irrevocably committed.
6267 **
6268 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
6269 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6270 */
6271 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
6272   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6273 
6274   /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
6275   ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
6276   ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
6277   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6278 
6279   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6280        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
6281        || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
6282   );
6283   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6284 
6285   /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
6286   ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
6287   ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
6288   **
6289   ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
6290   ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
6291   ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
6292   ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
6293   ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
6294   ** to drop any locks either.
6295   */
6296   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6297    && pPager->exclusiveMode
6298    && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6299   ){
6300     assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
6301     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
6302     return SQLITE_OK;
6303   }
6304 
6305   PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6306   pPager->iDataVersion++;
6307   rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1);
6308   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6309 }
6310 
6311 /*
6312 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
6313 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
6314 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
6315 ** state if an error occurs.
6316 **
6317 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
6318 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
6319 **
6320 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
6321 **
6322 **   1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
6323 **      in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
6324 **      was opened, and
6325 **
6326 **   2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
6327 **      rollback at any point in the future.
6328 **
6329 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
6330 ** rollback is successful.
6331 **
6332 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
6333 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
6334 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
6335 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
6336 */
6337 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
6338   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6339   PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6340 
6341   /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
6342   ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
6343   ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
6344   */
6345   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6346   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
6347   if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
6348 
6349   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6350     int rc2;
6351     rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
6352     rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0);
6353     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
6354   }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6355     int eState = pPager->eState;
6356     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
6357     if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6358       /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
6359       ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
6360       ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
6361       */
6362       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6363       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6364       return rc;
6365     }
6366   }else{
6367     rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
6368   }
6369 
6370   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
6371   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT
6372           || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR
6373           || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
6374   );
6375 
6376   /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
6377   ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
6378   */
6379   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6380 }
6381 
6382 /*
6383 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
6384 ** if the database is (in theory) writable.
6385 */
6386 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
6387   return pPager->readOnly;
6388 }
6389 
6390 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
6391 /*
6392 ** Return the number of references to the pager.
6393 */
6394 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
6395   return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6396 }
6397 #endif
6398 
6399 /*
6400 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
6401 ** used by the pager and its associated cache.
6402 */
6403 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
6404   int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr)
6405                                      + 5*sizeof(void*);
6406   return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
6407            + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
6408            + pPager->pageSize;
6409 }
6410 
6411 /*
6412 ** Return the number of references to the specified page.
6413 */
6414 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
6415   return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
6416 }
6417 
6418 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
6419 /*
6420 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
6421 */
6422 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
6423   static int a[11];
6424   a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6425   a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
6426   a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
6427   a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
6428   a[4] = pPager->eState;
6429   a[5] = pPager->errCode;
6430   a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT];
6431   a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS];
6432   a[8] = 0;  /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
6433   a[9] = pPager->nRead;
6434   a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE];
6435   return a;
6436 }
6437 #endif
6438 
6439 /*
6440 ** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or
6441 ** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
6442 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the
6443 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before
6444 ** returning.
6445 */
6446 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){
6447 
6448   assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
6449        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
6450        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
6451   );
6452 
6453   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS );
6454   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE );
6455   assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 );
6456 
6457   *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT];
6458   if( reset ){
6459     pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0;
6460   }
6461 }
6462 
6463 /*
6464 ** Return true if this is an in-memory pager.
6465 */
6466 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
6467   return MEMDB;
6468 }
6469 
6470 /*
6471 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
6472 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
6473 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
6474 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
6475 **
6476 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
6477 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
6478 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6479 */
6480 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6481   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                       /* Return code */
6482   int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint;        /* Current number of savepoints */
6483   int ii;                                   /* Iterator variable */
6484   PagerSavepoint *aNew;                     /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
6485 
6486   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6487   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6488   assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal );
6489 
6490   /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
6491   ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
6492   ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
6493   */
6494   aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
6495       pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
6496   );
6497   if( !aNew ){
6498     return SQLITE_NOMEM;
6499   }
6500   memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
6501   pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
6502 
6503   /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
6504   for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
6505     aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
6506     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
6507       aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
6508     }else{
6509       aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
6510     }
6511     aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
6512     aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
6513     if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
6514       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
6515     }
6516     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6517       sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
6518     }
6519     pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
6520   }
6521   assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
6522   assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
6523   return rc;
6524 }
6525 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6526   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6527   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6528 
6529   if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){
6530     return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint);
6531   }else{
6532     return SQLITE_OK;
6533   }
6534 }
6535 
6536 
6537 /*
6538 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
6539 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
6540 ** created savepoint.
6541 **
6542 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
6543 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
6544 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
6545 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
6546 **
6547 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
6548 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
6549 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
6550 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
6551 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
6552 **
6553 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
6554 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
6555 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
6556 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
6557 ** contents of the database to its original state.
6558 **
6559 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
6560 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
6561 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
6562 **
6563 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
6564 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
6565 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6566 */
6567 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
6568   int rc = pPager->errCode;       /* Return code */
6569 
6570   assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6571   assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6572 
6573   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
6574     int ii;            /* Iterator variable */
6575     int nNew;          /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
6576 
6577     /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
6578     ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
6579     ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
6580     */
6581     nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
6582     for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
6583       sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
6584     }
6585     pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
6586 
6587     /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate
6588     ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
6589     if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
6590       if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
6591         /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
6592         if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
6593           rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0);
6594           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6595         }
6596         pPager->nSubRec = 0;
6597       }
6598     }
6599     /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
6600     ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
6601     ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
6602     ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
6603     */
6604     else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
6605       PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
6606       rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
6607       assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
6608     }
6609   }
6610 
6611   return rc;
6612 }
6613 
6614 /*
6615 ** Return the full pathname of the database file.
6616 **
6617 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if
6618 ** nullIfMemDb is true.  This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when
6619 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy
6620 ** behavior.  But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to
6621 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can
6622 ** participate in shared-cache.
6623 */
6624 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){
6625   return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename;
6626 }
6627 
6628 /*
6629 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
6630 */
6631 const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
6632   return pPager->pVfs;
6633 }
6634 
6635 /*
6636 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated
6637 ** with the pager.  This might return NULL if the file has
6638 ** not yet been opened.
6639 */
6640 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
6641   return pPager->fd;
6642 }
6643 
6644 /*
6645 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
6646 */
6647 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
6648   return pPager->zJournal;
6649 }
6650 
6651 /*
6652 ** Return true if fsync() calls are disabled for this pager.  Return FALSE
6653 ** if fsync()s are executed normally.
6654 */
6655 int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager *pPager){
6656   return pPager->noSync;
6657 }
6658 
6659 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
6660 /*
6661 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager
6662 */
6663 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
6664   Pager *pPager,
6665   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
6666   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int),
6667   void (*xCodecFree)(void*),
6668   void *pCodec
6669 ){
6670   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
6671   pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec;
6672   pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng;
6673   pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree;
6674   pPager->pCodec = pCodec;
6675   pagerReportSize(pPager);
6676 }
6677 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){
6678   return pPager->pCodec;
6679 }
6680 
6681 /*
6682 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content
6683 ** into the log file.
6684 **
6685 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted
6686 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL.
6687 */
6688 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){
6689   void *aData = 0;
6690   CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData);
6691   return aData;
6692 }
6693 
6694 /*
6695 ** Return the current pager state
6696 */
6697 int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){
6698   return pPager->eState;
6699 }
6700 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
6701 
6702 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
6703 /*
6704 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
6705 **
6706 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at
6707 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
6708 ** in cache.  If the page previously located at pgno is not already
6709 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
6710 **
6711 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
6712 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
6713 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
6714 **
6715 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
6716 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
6717 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
6718 ** transaction is active).
6719 **
6720 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
6721 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
6722 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
6723 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
6724 **
6725 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
6726 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
6727 */
6728 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
6729   PgHdr *pPgOld;               /* The page being overwritten. */
6730   Pgno needSyncPgno = 0;       /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
6731   int rc;                      /* Return code */
6732   Pgno origPgno;               /* The original page number */
6733 
6734   assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
6735   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6736        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6737   );
6738   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6739 
6740   /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
6741   ** the page we are moving from.
6742   */
6743   if( MEMDB ){
6744     rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
6745     if( rc ) return rc;
6746   }
6747 
6748   /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
6749   ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
6750   ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
6751   **
6752   **   BEGIN;
6753   **     <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
6754   **     SAVEPOINT one;
6755   **       <Move page X to location Y>
6756   **     ROLLBACK TO one;
6757   **
6758   ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
6759   ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
6760   ** statement were is processed.
6761   **
6762   ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
6763   ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
6764   ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
6765   */
6766   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0
6767    && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg))
6768   ){
6769     return rc;
6770   }
6771 
6772   PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
6773       PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
6774   IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
6775 
6776   /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
6777   ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
6778   **
6779   ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
6780   ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
6781   ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
6782   */
6783   if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
6784     needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
6785     assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ||
6786             pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
6787     assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
6788   }
6789 
6790   /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
6791   ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
6792   ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
6793   ** for the page moved there.
6794   */
6795   pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6796   pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
6797   assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 );
6798   if( pPgOld ){
6799     pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
6800     if( MEMDB ){
6801       /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
6802       ** need to rollback later.  Just move the page out of the way. */
6803       sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
6804     }else{
6805       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
6806     }
6807   }
6808 
6809   origPgno = pPg->pgno;
6810   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
6811   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
6812 
6813   /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
6814   ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back.  Use pPgOld
6815   ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
6816   */
6817   if( MEMDB ){
6818     assert( pPgOld );
6819     sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
6820     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
6821   }
6822 
6823   if( needSyncPgno ){
6824     /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
6825     ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
6826     ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
6827     ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
6828     ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
6829     ** flag.
6830     **
6831     ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
6832     ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
6833     ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
6834     ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
6835     ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
6836     ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
6837     */
6838     PgHdr *pPgHdr;
6839     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr);
6840     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6841       if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
6842         assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
6843         sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
6844       }
6845       return rc;
6846     }
6847     pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6848     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
6849     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr);
6850   }
6851 
6852   return SQLITE_OK;
6853 }
6854 #endif
6855 
6856 /*
6857 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page
6858 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's
6859 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to
6860 ** the value passed as the third parameter.
6861 */
6862 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){
6863   assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew );
6864   pPg->flags = flags;
6865   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew);
6866 }
6867 
6868 /*
6869 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
6870 */
6871 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
6872   assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
6873   return pPg->pData;
6874 }
6875 
6876 /*
6877 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
6878 ** allocated along with the specified page.
6879 */
6880 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
6881   return pPg->pExtra;
6882 }
6883 
6884 /*
6885 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
6886 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
6887 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
6888 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
6889 **
6890 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
6891 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
6892 ** locking-mode.
6893 */
6894 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
6895   assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
6896             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
6897             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
6898   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
6899   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
6900   assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
6901   if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
6902     pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
6903   }
6904   return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
6905 }
6906 
6907 /*
6908 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
6909 **
6910 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
6911 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
6912 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6913 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6914 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
6915 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6916 **
6917 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
6918 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
6919 **
6920 **   *  An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
6921 **      or _MEMORY.
6922 **
6923 **   *  Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
6924 **
6925 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
6926 */
6927 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
6928   u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode;    /* Prior journalmode */
6929 
6930 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
6931   /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger
6932   ** only.  We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */
6933   print_pager_state(pPager);
6934 #endif
6935 
6936 
6937   /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
6938   assert(      eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
6939             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
6940             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6941             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6942             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6943             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
6944 
6945   /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
6946   ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
6947   ** to WAL mode.
6948   */
6949   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
6950 
6951   /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
6952   ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
6953   */
6954   if( MEMDB ){
6955     assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
6956     if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
6957       eMode = eOld;
6958     }
6959   }
6960 
6961   if( eMode!=eOld ){
6962 
6963     /* Change the journal mode. */
6964     assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
6965     pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
6966 
6967     /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
6968     ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
6969     ** delete the journal file.
6970     */
6971     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
6972     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
6973     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
6974     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
6975     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
6976     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
6977 
6978     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
6979     if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
6980 
6981       /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
6982       ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
6983       ** here is an optimization only.
6984       **
6985       ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
6986       ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
6987       ** while it is in use by some other client.
6988       */
6989       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
6990       if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
6991         sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
6992       }else{
6993         int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6994         int state = pPager->eState;
6995         assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
6996         if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
6997           rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
6998         }
6999         if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
7000           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
7001           rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
7002         }
7003         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7004           sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7005         }
7006         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
7007           pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7008         }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7009           pager_unlock(pPager);
7010         }
7011         assert( state==pPager->eState );
7012       }
7013     }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7014       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7015     }
7016   }
7017 
7018   /* Return the new journal mode */
7019   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7020 }
7021 
7022 /*
7023 ** Return the current journal mode.
7024 */
7025 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7026   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7027 }
7028 
7029 /*
7030 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
7031 ** journalmode.  Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
7032 ** is unmodified.
7033 */
7034 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7035   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7036   if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
7037   if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
7038   return 1;
7039 }
7040 
7041 /*
7042 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
7043 **
7044 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
7045 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
7046 */
7047 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
7048   if( iLimit>=-1 ){
7049     pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
7050     sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit);
7051   }
7052   return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
7053 }
7054 
7055 /*
7056 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
7057 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
7058 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
7059 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
7060 */
7061 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
7062   return &pPager->pBackup;
7063 }
7064 
7065 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
7066 /*
7067 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache.
7068 */
7069 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){
7070   if( !MEMDB && pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager);
7071 }
7072 #endif
7073 
7074 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7075 /*
7076 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
7077 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
7078 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
7079 **
7080 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
7081 */
7082 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){
7083   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7084   if( pPager->pWal ){
7085     rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, eMode,
7086         (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler),
7087         pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
7088         pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
7089         pnLog, pnCkpt
7090     );
7091   }
7092   return rc;
7093 }
7094 
7095 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
7096   return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
7097 }
7098 
7099 /*
7100 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
7101 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
7102 */
7103 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
7104   const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
7105   return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
7106 }
7107 
7108 /*
7109 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
7110 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
7111 */
7112 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
7113   int rc;                         /* Return code */
7114 
7115   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7116   rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
7117   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7118     /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
7119     ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead.  */
7120     pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7121   }
7122 
7123   return rc;
7124 }
7125 
7126 /*
7127 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
7128 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
7129 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
7130 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
7131 */
7132 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
7133   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7134 
7135   assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
7136   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7137 
7138   /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
7139   ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
7140   ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
7141   ** file, to make sure this is safe.
7142   */
7143   if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
7144     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7145   }
7146 
7147   /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
7148   ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
7149   */
7150   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7151     rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs,
7152         pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode,
7153         pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal
7154     );
7155   }
7156   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7157 
7158   return rc;
7159 }
7160 
7161 
7162 /*
7163 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
7164 ** this function.
7165 **
7166 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
7167 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
7168 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
7169 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
7170 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
7171 ** not modified in either case.
7172 **
7173 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
7174 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
7175 ** without doing anything.
7176 */
7177 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
7178   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
7179   int *pbOpen                     /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
7180 ){
7181   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
7182 
7183   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7184   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN   || pbOpen );
7185   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
7186   assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
7187   assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
7188 
7189   if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
7190     if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
7191 
7192     /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
7193     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7194 
7195     rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7196     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7197       pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
7198       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
7199     }
7200   }else{
7201     *pbOpen = 1;
7202   }
7203 
7204   return rc;
7205 }
7206 
7207 /*
7208 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
7209 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
7210 **
7211 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
7212 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
7213 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
7214 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
7215 */
7216 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager){
7217   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7218 
7219   assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7220 
7221   /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
7222   ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
7223   ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
7224   */
7225   if( !pPager->pWal ){
7226     int logexists = 0;
7227     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7228     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7229       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
7230           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
7231       );
7232     }
7233     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
7234       rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7235     }
7236   }
7237 
7238   /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
7239   ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
7240   */
7241   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
7242     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7243     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7244       rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags,
7245                            pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
7246       pPager->pWal = 0;
7247       pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7248     }
7249   }
7250   return rc;
7251 }
7252 
7253 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
7254 
7255 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
7256 /*
7257 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
7258 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
7259 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
7260 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
7261 ** is empty, return 0.
7262 */
7263 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){
7264   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
7265   return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal);
7266 }
7267 #endif
7268 
7269 
7270 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
7271